2025-06-01

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from September 11, 2010:

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with synchronicity. When we feel that we’re in a situation that is synchronous, that it’s giving us information that is helpful in our spiritual journey, we’re wondering just how this comes about. Do we have guides or angelic presences or friends that help bring us to a situation, a book, a person, or an event that is pivotal in our lives, or is it more internally that we’re ready to see something as synchronistic? We’d like more information on this synchronicity, just how exactly it works and how we can use it more beneficially on our spiritual journeys.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose name we come to you this evening. Because there are those within this group who are new, we would introduce ourselves. We are members of the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator, and it is our pleasure to have been called to this group, for there is a call for information that is compatible with the vibration of information which we offer, that is, the vibration of service to others and unconditional Love. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your group this evening. We want to thank you, each of you, for carving out a part of your day in order that you may focus in this circle on that which is metaphysical or spiritual on the walking of your path of evolution of mind, body and spirit. We thank you for feeling that our thoughts may have value to you and we are most happy to share them with you.

But first, we wish to ask of you a favor and that is that you employ your full discernment as you listen. We cannot hit the mark for all entities at all times. Consequently, if we offer thoughts that are useful to you, please use them as the resources they are intended to be, but if they do not seem to make sense to you; if they do not resonate to you, leave them behind without a second thought. Trust that feeling of resonance. Trust your powers of discrimination. You know what you need, and it will resonate to you. Use those things that resonate, and no matter who says them, do not be concerned. If something does not resonate to you, it is not for you to work with at this time. If you will employ that discernment, my friends, that will enable us to feel free to speak, knowing that we cannot infringe upon your free will inadvertently. We greatly thank you for this consideration.

You asked this evening about how synchronicity works in the life of the spiritual seeker. As so often happens, we need to take a few steps back from that query in order to give you a cogent response.

It is a spiritual principle which we repeat often that “all things are one.” You dwell in a completely unified and interactive universe. The creation is one. You are all beings, all things, all emotions. You are a part of the Creator and therefore a citizen of eternity, comfortable with infinity, dwelling for this particular lifetime within a physical vehicle in a heavy illusion. Within your illusion which you call everyday life or consensus reality, if you will, it is not obvious that all things are one. It is, in fact, counterintuitive to say that you are part of all you see and that all whom you see act as a hall of mirrors for you. Yet it is so.

And we speak to you at a time when your scientists have begun to tell you the same. That entire range of physics that includes the thought that the observer is part of the experiment infers the unity of all things. We do not limit this unity to other entities you would call human. It is as if all of nature, from the elements and the powers to the plants and animals, to the very air you breathe and the water that you drink, the fire that warms your heart and the earth under your feet, are dancing in rhythm. And you are either part of that dance and part of that rhythm, or you have not yet awakened to the true state within which you actually dwell in the creation of the Father. It is as a beloved part of the one creation that you come by this affinity for synchronicity.

The group question for this session was: “. Do we have guides or angelic presences or friends that help bring us to a situation, a book, a person, or an event that is pivotal in our lives, or is it more internally that we’re ready to see something as synchronistic? We’d like more information on this synchronicity, just how exactly it works and how we can use it more beneficially in our spiritual journeys.” Q’uo began by saying we asked this evening about how synchronicity works in the life of the spiritual seeker, and it is a spiritual principle which Q’uo repeats often that “all things are one,” so we dwell in a unified and interactive universe, and the creation is one, so we are all beings, all things, all emotions, and we are a part of the Creator and a citizen of eternity dwelling for this lifetime within a physical vehicle in a heavy illusion, so within our illusion which we call consensus reality it is not obvious that all things are one, and it is counterintuitive to say that we are part of all we see, and that all whom we see act as a hall of mirrors for us. Then Q’uo said they are speaking to us at a time when our scientists have begun to tell us the same thing because the range of physics that includes the thought that the observer is part of the experiment assumes the unity of all things, and Q’uo did not limit this unity to other entities we would call human, so it is as if all of nature, from the elements, and the powers, to the plants and animals, to the very air we breathe, and the water that we drink, the fire that warms our heart ,and the earth under our feet, are dancing in rhythm, and we are either part of that dance, or we have not yet awakened to the true state within which we dwell in the creation of the Father, and it is as a beloved part of the one creation that we come by this affinity for synchronicity. On August 22, 2004, Q’uo described the nature of synchronicity:

Focus, when looking at taking the next step, on how you are feeling, how your attitude is, and how you perceive this present moment. How do you see the system, as a whole, that is your energy field? Are you in health? You need to be in order to serve. If the answer to that is no, stop and ask for balance. If you are feeling bewildered, stop, sit in silence, and let the universe pour in. It might be the call of a bird; it might be spirits speaking directly to you in a voice you can hear. It might be anything in between. It might be a street sign that pops out at you in synchronicity with the thought that you were having. There are many, many ways that spirit connects with those who are listening, so listen, and listen to yourself, being sure, first, that the instrument is in good order, for you are instruments.

It is unknown to us when you first became aware that what you thought was your consciousness was, in actuality, a mish-mash of all of the politics and social training and enculturation that you have experienced as a child. We do not know when you took that first step out of the box, out of the matrix, but you have, or you would not be here. You would not be seeking. Once you wake up you move through many waters, experience many dark nights of the soul, because it is painful to learn new things. It is uncomfortable to experience that learning curve. You might do many things. You might read and read until you burn yourself out. You might meditate until you make yourself crazy. You might do any of a number of things which are as confusing as they are excellent.

But slowly you begin to dwell from time to time in silence—that silence in which you are able to hear that still, small voice that speaks in silence to your heart of hearts. And you begin to realize that this walk that you are walking is not a physical road. It is what this instrument would call, with her mystical Christianity, “the King’s Highway.” It is walked not in space/time but in the unseen worlds of time/space. That is where you, as a citizen of eternity, have never stopped dwelling. Yes, you are in a physical vehicle, and yes, you are deeply limited in your awareness by the heavy chemical nature of that physical vehicle. But within you, closer than your breathing, is your consciousness. That consciousness, unlike your brain, is common to all. It is the consciousness of Love, the Logos, the one Creator. And when you relax and allow the “monkey mind,” as this instrument often calls the biocomputer with which you were born, that excellent choice maker and that slave driver—when you let that mind rest, the consciousness allows you to think differently, to see differently, to understand differently.

Then Q’uo said it is unknown when we first became aware that what we thought was our consciousness was a mixture of all of the politics, social training, and enculturation that we have experienced as a child, so Q’uo did not know when we took that first step out of the box, but we have, or we would not be here as a seeker, and once we wake up we move through many waters, experience many dark nights of the soul because it is painful to learn new things, so we might do many things like read until we burn our self out, or we might meditate until we make our self crazy, or we might do any of a number of things which are as confusing as they are excellent. Now Q’uo said slowly we begin to dwell in silence, that silence in which we are able to hear that still, small voice that speaks in silence to our heart of hearts, and we begin to realize that this walk that we are walking is not a physical road, but it is what Carla would call, “the King’s Highway,” and it is walked in the unseen worlds of time/space, for that is where we, as a citizen of eternity, have never stopped dwelling, so we are in a physical body, and we are limited in our awareness by the chemical nature of our body, but within us is that consciousness, unlike our brain, is common to all since it is the consciousness of Love, the Logos, the one Creator, and when we relax and allow the “monkey mind,” as Carla calls the biocomputer with which we were born to rest, our consciousness allows us to think and to understand differently. On November 1, 1998, Q’uo described what it means for us to be a citizen of eternity:

We give to this instrument the image of a traveler. The traveler moves across the desert landscape gazing intently, even feverishly, for a source of water. At the same time this entity is, metaphysically speaking, in a world made of water, that which this instrument refers to as water consciousness. As a citizen of eternity one may consider oneself cast upon the shore of an inhospitable environment, the desert land which offers learning opportunity for service and challenges that teach and create the potential for transformation. When you feel that you are truly in the desert, that all is dry and lifeless and without hope, we encourage you to practice knowing by faith the watery environment of the human spirit, for that which seems upon the surface to be dry, and dusty, and difficult is, in metaphysical terms, wondrous, a treasure, that which is to be prized, a canvas upon which to paint a self in love with the beauty and the majesty of the infinite Creator. When the mouth is parched for something to drink, when the stomach grumbles for food, remember that you are a citizen of eternity and that you have meat and drink that the world does not know of. And allow the desert to become the ocean, life-giving, and new with every tide.

As your moments of silence build your new awareness you gradually realize that you cannot function with only your mind. You must use your consciousness as well if you wish to advance or evolve within the body. There are many ways to enter the silence. Some there are in this circle who are very comfortable with prayer. Others enjoy contemplation, or meditation, or walks in nature. Any way that is comfortable to you to tabernacle with the infinite One is that which you should do. There is no one good way to spend time with the Creator. The thing that all these techniques have in common is silence. Silence is the key that opens the door to understanding. One day you realize just how powerful you are and you decide that you are going to do things differently from now on. You are going to do what Søren Kierkegaard said, take a leap into faith.

Why would any rational, sentient being, leave the solid earth of that which can be proven, touched, and seen, and leap into the abyss of the mysterious and paradoxical? Why? Because that is where spiritual growth takes place. And the hunger, and the thirst for spiritual truth is such that you must leave your childhood home of rationality and that which can be proven, and you must seek in the shadowy byways of mystery. It is a dark abyss. We see in this instrument’s mind a picture of the old maps of the world when the popular belief was that your world was flat and that at its end a ship would simply sail off into the abyss. The writing on those maps was not in English, of course, my friends: “There, there be dragons.” There are indeed mighty denizens of the abyss of midair. Yet they are those which not only guard the treasures of Love and understanding, but also guard you, each of you, careful to support you as you seek along the King’s Highway, which is entirely in the abyss of midair.

Then Q’uo said as our moments of silence build our new awareness we realize that we cannot function with only our mind, so we must use our consciousness as well if we wish to evolve within the body, and there are ways to enter the silence, and some there are who are comfortable with prayer, and others enjoy contemplation, or meditation, or walks in nature, so any way that is comfortable to us to tabernacle with the infinite One is that which we should do since there is no one good way to spend time with the Creator, and the thing that all these techniques have in common is silence since silence is the key that opens the door to understanding, so one day we will realize how powerful we are, and we decide that we are going to do things differently from now on, and we are going to do what Søren Kierkegaard said, and take a leap into faith. Q’uo went on to say the reason why we would leave the solid earth of that which can be proven, touched, and seen, and leap into the abyss of the mysterious is because that is where spiritual growth takes place, and our hunger for spiritual truth is such that we must leave our childhood home of rationality and that which can be proven, and we must seek in the shadowy byways of mystery, and Q’uo saw in Carla’s mind a picture of the old maps of the world when the belief was that our world was flat, and that at its end a ship would sail off into the abyss, but the writing on those maps was not in English: “There, there be dragons,” so there are mighty denizens of the abyss of midair, yet they are those which not only guard the treasures of Love and understanding, but also guard each of us, careful to support us as we seek along the King’s Highway, which is in the abyss of midair. On August 12, 2007, Q’uo described our journey upon the King’s Highway:

You are already perfect. Rest in that perfection, knowing that there is little hope of your seeing yourself able to manifest the perfection within, but also knowing that you are on the road to that perfect self, and therefore, through faith in things unseen, you are as good as there, metaphysically speaking. This cleanses and clears your energy field so that you are not caught up in the process of spiritual evolution but rather are at rest in the saddle as you and your lance of truth ride along the dusty road. This instrument calls that road “The King’s Highway,” for within her distortion of worship that King’s Highway is the way towards her icon of unconditional Love. Indeed, you are all sons and daughters of the King, and you are going home to meet your Father once again. And we, with you, are on that road and ride with you, glad of your company.

When you have taken your leap into faith, when you have realized the power of your intention, and your will, and your desire, and when you have begun to set your intention to seek, to set your will to be a servant of the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator, when you have awakened that magical part of yourself that knows that you can create your own creation and that which is forgiven by you is forgiven, and that which is not forgiven by you remains unforgiven, then you begin to be aware of the dance of Creation. You dance with an infinite variety of energy as you dance in the Creation of the Father. Every rock, every stream, every tree, all those things that you think of as nature are dancing with you and are responsive to you. It is important to realize that first and second-density entities such as we just mentioned do not have to be asked in order for synchronicities to occur with them. However, it is extremely helpful if you remember to thank the unseen guidance that you have, your higher self, your angels, those ministering beings that are attracted to you because of your energy, your vibration, your hopes, and your dreams. Ask them every day for their help, and thank them for being with you. That frees them to enter more fully into the process of offering you synchronicities.

 Now, here’s the way that it works: once you have taken the leap into faith you set into motion a different set of rules. You are now awake, vibrant, magical, dancing with the energies around you, knowing that you are a part of all that there is, and that all that there is loves you as you love all that there is. Thusly, when you have a thought, it doesn’t simply roll around in your head and go “clunk” like a gutter ball at the bowling alley. The thought moves out into the dance. And that which wants to respond to that thought begins to find ways to enter into your reality. Entities meet. There is a song on the radio that says, “Yes, that thought that you were thinking just then is very good. Keep that up.” Your totem might show up! And if you do not know what your totem is, simply become aware of what tree you were drawn to, what bird speaks to you, what force of nature pulls at you and feels like something you want in your life, whether it be bird, beast, crystal, or tree. That kingdom, that nature spirit of tree or bird or beast or rock, will find a way to show up in your reality to underscore or emphasize a train of thought and help you to begin to build a personal store of intelligence.

Q’uo went on to say when we have taken our leap into faith, and when we have begun to set our intention to seek and to be a servant of the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator, when we have awakened that magical part of our self that knows that we can create our creation and that which is forgiven by us is forgiven, and that which is not forgiven by us remains unforgiven, then we begin to be aware of the dance of Creation, and we dance with an infinite variety of energy as we dance in the Creation of the Father, so every rock, every stream, every tree, and all those things that we think of as nature are dancing with us, and are responsive to us so it is important to realize that first and second-density entities do not have to be asked in order for synchronicities to occur with them, but it is helpful if we remember to thank the unseen guidance that we have: our higher self, our angels, those ministering beings that are attracted to us because of our vibration and our dreams, so we ask them every day for their help, and thank them for being with us because that frees them to enter more fully into the process of offering us synchronicities. Q’uo continued by saying once we have taken the leap into faith we set into motion a different set of rules since we are now awake, magical, and dancing with the energies around us, knowing that we are a part of all that there is, and that all that there is loves us as we love all that there is, so when we have a thought, it doesn’t simply roll around in our head and go “clunk” like a gutter ball at the bowling alley, but the thought moves out into the dance, and that which wants to respond to that thought begins to find ways to enter into our reality, and entities meet, and there is a song on the radio that says, “Yes, that thought that we were thinking just then is very good. Keep that up,” and our totem might show up, and that kingdom, that nature spirit of tree, or bird, or beast, or rock will find a way to show up in our reality to emphasize a train of thought and help us to begin to build a personal store of intelligence. On April 1, 2006, Q’uo spoke about the dance we all share:

It is the dance of the heavens and the Earth, the elements and the essences of creation. In infinite variety and color, the patterns of the dance swirl in sacred geometry, in joy, in thanksgiving, and in grace and symmetry that create a beauty that is never ending, ever flowing, and an expression of unconditional Love in its every facet and coloration.

Now, you see, that which is spiritual or metaphysical must be learned by you without proof. You will find that when things are truly oriented to the spiritual there is no way of proving it that people will believe. It is useless to try to find proof. Yes, this or that or the other phenomenon may well be real. It does not matter. There is no other entity that you have to convince. What you are attempting to do is orient yourself once you have left the box. It’s a larger universe. It’s a puzzling universe. It often seems chaotic. Therefore, it is very helpful to have these subjectively interesting phenomena take place, these synchronicities of which we were speaking.

Once you begin to become aware that synchronicities are valid and are your means of determining what is true and what is not, you will energize that interaction with the creation and you will find synchronicities occurring thick and fast, almost to the point where you cannot sit down at the end of the day and remember them all. Pay attention to all of those which you can. They are there to help you build your subjective awareness of the truth. One more thing that we would say before we open this meeting to further queries. It is an understandable response which you may have to this exciting, magical thing that you have discovered, synchronicity. It creates within you a feeling of validation and support and you would like all of those for whom you love and care to have that same experience.

Q’uo continued by saying that which is spiritual must be learned without proof, and we will find that when things are oriented to the spiritual there is no way of proving it that people will believe, so it is useless to try to find proof, and this or that phenomenon may be real, but it does not matter because there is no other entity that we have to convince since what we are attempting to do is orient our self once we have left the box, and it is a puzzling universe that often seems chaotic, so it is helpful to have these synchronicities take place. Q’uo went on to say once we become aware that synchronicities are valid and are our means of determining what is true and what is not, we will energize that interaction with the creation, and we will find synchronicities occurring thick and fast, almost to the point where we cannot sit down at the end of the day and remember them all, so we must pay attention to all of those which we can because they are there to help us build our subjective awareness of the truth, and one more thing that Q’uo wanted to say was that it is an understandable response which we may have to this magical thing that we have discovered in synchronicity is that it creates within us a feeling of validation, and we would like all of those for whom we love to have that same experience. On November 15, 1990, Q’uo described our subjective awareness as joy:

We would know those things which hamper the subjective awareness, or that which we call joy. Perhaps the single greatest confusion concerning joy is its often perceived interchangeability with your word, happiness. Your culture so values happiness, or at least its pursuit, that it was declared, by those who created your governing instrument, as one of the chief foundations upon which style and method of government was to be modeled. For it was seen as a social activity of a government that was desirable to give to its citizens the opportunity to seek happiness.

. . .

Joy, upon the other hand, is that which each entity must create. For as Love abides absolutely, so does the experience and joy at the touch of Love’s presence. Like the deeper Loves, it is remembered rather than met for the first time, being each entity’s birthright. There is no thing which may remove or rob from you the joy which is perceived by the immediacy of the presence of that which is holy, that which is blessed, that which is true and beautiful. These experiences of joy are your own gifts of grace from Love itself, and nothing can rob you, either of the memory or of the confident expectation of these immediate experiences.

My friends, we ask you to take a step back whenever the urge to preach to those who have not asked for your preaching overtakes you. Close your mouth, open your eyes of love and listen to your loved ones, your acquaintances, those whom you would help. Do not relate to them by what you know. Relate to them with love and respect. Listen to that which they have to say. If there is no opening for all of these wonderful things that you have learned lately, so be it. Amen, Alleluia.

You still are a being whose very essence is love. Let the love shine. Find ways to support, and encourage, and nourish, and nurture. And lose all hope of being that awakening factor that will bring them into a happier state. You may drop a thought here and there, as this instrument is fond of saying, like Johnny Appleseed. But remember, he ate the apple first. Those things that you were going to say to another, say them to yourself. And when you have eaten that wonderful apple with its delicious thoughts and concepts, toss it over your shoulder. Let it fall where it will. Do not look back. It is not your job to enlighten any but yourself. Now, if there are those who would ask you questions, feel free to offer all that you have to offer in those regards, but make a clear distinction in your mind between responding to an asked question and sermonizing to those who have not asked for a sermon. What will affect those about you is not your knowledge. It is that which shines through you, the Love of the Creator.

To live a life that supports spiritual seeking, we do recommend that you find ways to meet your Creator in the silence on a daily basis. There are some who love this experience of the silence so much that they spend much time there and there are others who find it challenging to dwell in the silence without some focus. If that be true, walking in nature is often very helpful because there are various foci for your eyes and your ears—may we say, my friends, not the iPod or the boom box. Let the silence prevail and you will find it speaking to you. And then when you come out of that silence, sing, my friends! Laugh and love and feel the joy of being in this creation, a child and heir of the infinite One.

Q’uo asked us to take a step back whenever the urge to preach to those who have not asked for our preaching overtakes us, so close our mouth, open our eyes of love, and listen to our loved ones, our acquaintances, and those whom we would help, and do not relate to them by what we know, but relate to them with love and respect, and listen to what they have to say, and if there is no opening for all of these wonderful things that we have learned lately, so be it. Amen, Alleluia. Then Q’uo said we are a being whose essence is Love, so let our Love shine, and find ways to support and lose all hope of being that awakening factor that will bring them into a happier state, but we may drop a thought here and there like Johnny Appleseed, but remember it is not our job to enlighten any but our self, and if there are those who would ask us questions, feel free to offer all that we have to offer, but make a clear distinction in our mind between responding to an asked question and sermonizing to those who have not asked for a sermon since what will affect those around us is that which shines through us, the Love of the Creator. Now Q’uo said to live a life that supports spiritual seeking, they recommended that we find ways to meet our Creator in the silence on a daily basis, so there are some who love this experience of the silence so much that they spend much time there, and there are others who find it challenging to dwell in the silence without some focus, and if that be true, walking in nature is often very helpful because there are various foci for our eyes and our ears, so let the silence prevail and we will find it speaking to us, and then when we come out of that silence laugh, love, and feel the joy of being in this creation, a child and heir of the infinite One. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of our seeking the silence:

As you continually offer yourselves as instruments of the Creator’s Love and peace, you shall find great aid in several things. Firstly, you shall find enormous help in entering the silence. The tremendous learnings and new awarenesses with which this time is so rich, to those who have ears to hear and hearts to understand, offer you many gifts. Indeed, too many gifts for you to assimilate without moving into the silence and letting these new learnings and awarenesses be seated and integrated into your deep mind and into the basic balances of your energy body.

Just as sleep offers rest to the physical body that it may reset its systems, cleanse toxins from the body, and restore the body to the balance which is its best balance for continued life and growth, just so entering the silence gives your metaphysical body, the energy body, the time of rest and recuperation that it needs from the hustle and bustle of incoming catalyst and hard-won victories. It allows new learnings to be seated in the subconscious mind. It allows new balances to be confirmed and implemented. It cleanses the toxins of fear, self-doubt, and low self-worth from the system. And it resets the system at its best tuning.

You may think of yourself in this wise as a spiritual athlete—one who is in training. Entering the silence is the equivalent of exercise. Some are so fit by nature for this task that they are drawn to the silence irresistibly, and for those we have few words, for your hunger and your thirst shall bring you into the silence again and again.

We thank the one known as Jim for creating that query. And at this time we would open the session to any follow-up that he may have. Is there a follow-up, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: Q’uo, I do not have a follow-up question. A follow-up question I considered asking you just answered! And I appreciate that very, very much. Thank you so much.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we thank you with hearts wide open. May we ask, then, at this time if there is another query from this group before we leave this instrument? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Can you tell me more about this strange language that I speak and what the purpose is behind it?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister, and would be glad to share with you a limited amount concerning this—and we say limited because we would not walk for you upon this path. We would not learn for you. Therefore, we will attempt in a general sense to give you some thoughts that may be helpful. As this instrument was saying before the meditation, when one is willing to see the self as an instrument that can receive and send out thoughts, one discovers that one can put oneself in progressively focused states in which the focus is not in the physical but in the metaphysical world. The focus upon vibration itself is especially apt to bring one into a state in which one is very vulnerable to vibration.

There are many, many aspects to this study of that which there is to pick up from the physical universe which holds and nests within its atoms, shall we say, the entirety of all the unseen worlds. Therefore, there is an enormous population of those who would wish to communicate with those who are sensitive and can pick up that signal that is coming through. This instrument recalls the one known as Willie Nelson who said that he never had to make up a melody. He would just pick one out of the air because they were singing all the time.

Questioner asked: “Can you tell me more about this strange language that I speak, and what the purpose is behind it?” Q’uo began by saying we would be glad to share with you a limited amount concerning this, and we say limited because we would not learn for you, so we will attempt to give you some thoughts that may be helpful, and as Carla was saying before the meditation, when one is willing to see the self as an instrument that can receive and send out thoughts, one discovers that one can put oneself in focused states in which the focus is not in the physical but in the metaphysical world, so the focus upon vibration itself is likely to bring one into a state in which one is very vulnerable to vibration. Then Q’uo said there are many aspects to this study of that which there is to pick up from the physical universe which holds within its atoms the entirety of all the unseen worlds, so there are many who would wish to communicate with those who are sensitive and can pick up that signal that is coming through, and Carla recalls Willie Nelson who said that he never had to make up a melody, but he would pick one out of the air because they were singing all the time. On May 19, 2007, Q’uo described the unseen worlds and how we may access them:

As you love, you shall be loved beyond all imagining. And indeed, all entities are already loved at the soul level by those from the unseen worlds of your own planet and from other entities in other planetary influences who have been drawn to you because of your nature, your beauty, your gifts, and your hope to serve. Know that you are surrounded by a cloud of angelic and positive beings who love you and wish only to help you to wake up, to learn, and to serve with deftness, skillfulness and joy.

Consequently, all kinds of people, in all kinds of ways, wish to communicate with those who are within the domain of the Earth world. For the most part, only those vibrations are able to penetrate the chemical physical vehicle enough to be heard and to express which are compatible with your basic vibrations. This gives a certain amount of protection. But in general, the experience of speaking in a language you do not know spontaneously is an artifact of the phenomenon where you have picked up a thought form or an entity—in their effect upon you, these two are interchangeable—which is happy to communicate either in essence, that is to say with vibrations made with your voice and your wind, your breath, or in an actual language, either of this world or not.

The experience itself is impressive to the one who experiences it because it is part of that general collection of intelligence of which we were speaking. It validates the fact that there is more in heaven and earth than was dreamt of in your philosophy, Horatio. This instrument always gets that quote wrong, but perhaps you know what we mean. In a subjective sense it is a strengthening, validating experience. The side of it that is not helpful is that you cannot bring it back and share it with people. If it has given you joy, you can say, “It has given me joy,” but you cannot share that joy.

Then Q’uo said all kinds of people, in all kinds of ways, wish to communicate with those who are within the domain of the Earth world, but only those vibrations which are able to penetrate your chemical physical vehicle, enough to be heard and to express, are those which are compatible with your basic vibrations, so this gives a certain amount of protection, but the experience of speaking in a language you do not know is an artifact of the phenomenon where you have picked up a thought form or an entity—in their effect upon you, these two are interchangeable—which is happy to communicate either in essence, that is to say with vibrations made with your voice and your breath, or in an actual language, either of this world or not. Q’uo continued by saying the experience itself is impressive to the one who experiences it because it is part of that general collection of intelligence of which we were speaking, and it validates the fact that there is more in heaven and earth than was dreamt of in your philosophy, Horatio, so Carla always gets that quote wrong, but perhaps you know what we mean, and in a subjective sense it is a validating experience, but the side of it that is not helpful is that you cannot bring it back and share it with people, so if it has given you joy, you can say, “It has given me joy,” but you cannot share that joy. On May 28, 1989, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our subjective sense:

It was part of the question that there were many upon your inner planes which were at all times available and might aid the entity. This is indeed so. None is alone ever. Each is beloved not only by the Creator but by those who have chosen to be companions within the life experience of this spirit. Thus, the second thing which we would encourage in each is a program of daily, humble, simple, listening, silent meditation. There are voices deep within you of the Creator, of what this instrument would call the Spirit, and many others, the higher self, of guides, of the inner planes, of the deeper recesses of the self, which in a subjective sense is equal to the description of the outer spirits above, that can give information to you which you are unable to reach or have access to while in the normal waking state.

This is true of all psychic experiences. They are for you, for you alone, and they can impress you deeply, yet you cannot bring another with you on such a journey. This is as it should be, my sister. Let that facet of it be acceptable to you, for you would not wish to learn for others any more than we wish to learn for you. How you wish to treat this phenomenon, what energy you wish to give to it and so forth, these are the province of your will, your desire, and your consciousness. Take it into your heart in silence, and on the side, of mind and rational thinking and so forth.

We are aware that you are intending to come back to this instrument’s teaching concerning channeling, and we feel that you will find much of interest in that which she has to say at that time. It is good to apply the mind to that which is before you—analyze it, think about it, interpolate, project, all of those things that the mind does so well. Simply do not allow the mind to run you. It is a horse to be ridden and enjoyed. It is not a slave master, and you are not a slave. Take up the reins of your mind and do not allow it to gallop away with your consciousness. For it will lead you into dead ends, into blind alleys that have no outlet and that are not satisfying. Move, when you are working spiritually, always within the kingdom of consciousness.

Q’uo went on to say this is true of all psychic experiences, since they are for you alone, and they can impress you deeply, yet you cannot bring another with you on such a journey, and this is as it should be, so let that facet of it be acceptable to you, for you would not wish to learn for others any more than we wish to learn for you, and how you wish to treat this phenomenon, what energy you wish to give to it are the province of your will, and your consciousness, so take it into your heart in silence, and on the side of rational thinking. Q’uo went on to say that we are aware that you are intending to come back to Carla’s teaching concerning channeling, and we feel that you will find much of interest in that which she has to say at that time, so it is good to apply the mind to that which is before you: analyze it, think about it, project, and all of those things that the mind does so well, but do not allow the mind to run you since it is a horse to be ridden and enjoyed, but it is not a slave master, and you are not a slave, so take up the reins of your mind and do not allow it to gallop away with your consciousness, for it will lead you into blind alleys that have no outlet and that are not satisfying, so when you are working spiritually, always move within the kingdom of consciousness. On April 18, 1999, Q’uo spoke of how we may keep our mind from running us:

There is the tendency to apply the self liberally throughout the daily experience, to spread oneself thinly, shall we say, to engage the mind often as a means by which one navigates through the cultural experience. This experience has been enhanced by many tools and gadgets that take one quickly here and there and require from one a great deal of information, time, effort, and thought. Thus, the mind is like a plant which has been given a great deal of water, of soil, of sun, of nutrients, and of attention and has grown in large degree as a result of this overemphasis on its functioning into a kind of machine which has a momentum of its own being, we shall say, for we find a difficulty in adequately describing how active the mind complex of your peoples is.

We find that the meditative state is, indeed, that place where one may approach the quieting of the mind yet find time and again examples of its rambunctiousness. That you are able to become aware of this chatter or momentum of the mind and have been able from time to time to be able to displace this chatter with the one-pointed focus upon the silence within is an achievement of note and is the path towards the eventual balancing of this mechanism so that there is the possibility of entering into a sacred place within the mind complex and be unhindered by the activity of the constant stream of thoughts that is the natural concomitant to the kind of style that most of your people find themselves living.

Thus, our suggestion to you is to continue that which you have done tirelessly and that is to notice when the mind is running, and then to place that mental picture aside so that the main focus of the mind may return to that one-pointed focus upon stillness. This is an exercise which does engage the mind upon a simpler level than the normal daily routine. If there is a scent of incense or a sound as of your music, or your chanting that you find relaxing, we would suggest that you engage these activities to enhance the process of relaxing the mind process.

There is no easy answer for any entity within this environment who wishes to find the peaceful place within, for each must deal with this mental activity and the tendency to take over the focus. We can only suggest your perseverance and the application of the light-hearted attitude in so doing. For it is the effort that you make, the regularity of your meditations, that is of importance in the real gain from this stage of the meditative practice. As you continue to invest your time and your effort there also is a momentum of this investiture that is made that will eventually take its hold upon the meditative endeavor.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Thank you.

We thank you, my sister. May we ask if there is another query in this group? We are those of Q’uo.

J: If it is appropriate to ask this question, I would appreciate an answer. I’m wondering about the asthma I get around animals and how sometimes in the past it’s been severe, and sometimes it doesn’t seem to be as severe. I’m just wondering if there is a purpose for this in my life. I’d appreciate an answer. I’m assuming that if I ask for the purpose that would be infringing on my free will and my right to learn this on my own, but I suppose I’m looking for some validation that there is a purpose to which I should pay attention.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. You anticipated our need to speak more generally than perhaps you would wish, but we can certainly offer you some food for thought. Get your fork and knife ready! My brother, there are often ways in which your higher self and you, before the incarnation, determine a system of fail-safes. These may be mental limitations, emotional limitations, or physical limitations. When you move a certain degree off the path, when you’ve become enough distracted from that which you, in your soul stream, wish to learn within this lifetime, that a kind of default setting gets activated.

You do not have to leave your life in the world in order to do this. It’s a matter of taking a day or two, or however long that which you call asthma might ask you to take, and gently, without judgment for yourself, move into that silence, and let yourself be flooded with Love. Indeed, it takes only a moment once you have practiced. It is always worth noting, when there is a physical ailment or when there is an emotional difficulty or mental difficulty that triggered it, where your mind has gone and where you would like it to stay. Then it is a matter of opening your arms and embracing yourself, loving yourself through and through, precisely the way you are. This is not an exercise in any kind of judgment. It is an exercise in acceptance, love, blessing, and inclusion. It is in no sense a punishment. Rather it is the nudge of spirit encouraging the entity with a listening heart to attend to the unseen portions of his walk in faith.

J asked: “I’m wondering about the asthma I get around animals and how sometimes in the past it’s been severe, and sometimes it doesn’t seem to be as severe. I’m just wondering if there is a purpose for this in my life.” Q’uo began by saying you anticipated our need to speak more generally than you would wish, but we can offer you food for thought, so there are ways in which your higher self and you, before the incarnation, determined a system of fail-safes, and these may be mental limitations, emotional limitations, or physical limitations, so when you’ve become distracted from that which you, in your soul stream, wish to learn within this lifetime, that a kind of default setting gets activated. Now Q’uo said you do not have to leave your life in the world in order to do this because it’s a matter of taking however long asthma might ask you to take, and without judgment for yourself, move into that silence, and let yourself be flooded with Love, and it takes only a moment once you have practiced this, and it is worth noting, when there is a physical ailment, or an emotional difficulty, or mental difficulty that triggered it, where your mind has gone and where you would like it to stay then it is a matter of opening your arms to loving yourself, and this is not an exercise in any kind of judgment, but it is an exercise in love, blessing, and inclusion, so it is not a sense of punishment, but it is the nudge of spirit encouraging the entity with a listening heart to attend to the unseen portions of his walk in faith. On July 8, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the value of our loving our self:

Do any of you who think you came to this planet and entered into its illusion to be untouched by it? Spend time each day to fall in love with yourself and you are a child of God. The Creator loves you with a Love so passionate no words could express it. The Creator Loves just precisely who and what you are and the Creator sends to each person who is blind His companions along the way, who reach out the hand of the Creator to you and call out, “I Love you.” These are the words of the Creator. That is why we ask each of you to love each other because each of you need someone’s help in loving yourself.

Oh, how we wish we could emphasize to you greatly enough the enormous difference you can make in your life experience to truly love the self as the self is, with its biases towards excellence and biases towards what the self perceives as faults. Does not each entity have many faults? As you forgive your comrades along the way realize that you are forgiven yourself and each time to sit in meditation spend a moment within the deepest part of yourself to say to yourself, “I love you with my whole heart,” the love, the thought which is the lesson of this density.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

J: No. Thank you, Q’uo. I’m pretty grateful for your answer.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a query, Q’uo, and it is about the support of this instrument. If you can share with Carla and us some things that perhaps bring her help that we can keep in mind as we try to support her in her work of channeling, and as Carla tries to support herself to continue the sharing of information that comes through this channeling, we would appreciate it.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

There are a few simple things which you may do. See her clearly, love her dearly, and tell her the best truth you know. Everyone is equally special. Everyone has gifts to give. And everyone deserves your best. In order to serve, you have to begin with yourself, so see yourself clearly, love yourself dearly, and tell yourself the best truth you know. And this shall instill in you the perfect response system for supporting others.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I think you answered a lot deeper than I first thought. I could feel it as you were speaking. Thank you. I was after more suggestions that the instrument could use as she prepares for these sessions. Can you speak to it?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, were we to speak to how this instrument prepares for sessions, we would indeed be infringing upon her free will as she focuses every attention upon that very question whenever she begins to channel. She is well aware, and we can easily say this without infringing upon her free will, that the basic spiritual principle to hold in mind as one begins to tune for channeling is that all entities at all times are instruments. For what shall you be channel? For what shall she be a channel, whether she tunes for contact with us or tunes for contact with the world at large? To take oneself seriously is to take upon oneself the living of a life that will support the channeling. This the instrument knows. This we may say without fear of infringing upon her free will.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Thank you for answering that. I do not have any question on that topic, but you mentioned something about conjugating your name and I’m not sure if that was a joke or if you actually meant it. I don’t speak Latin. I believe you have picked a name that comes from that language.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we were indeed making what could kindly and charitably be called a pun. We apologize for our frivolous nature. The word “Q’uo” is indeed a part of the language of Latin, which is much conjugated. However, my brother, the apostrophe is our very own! May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and from the resounding silence that we hear through this instrument’s admittedly often dim ears, we ascertain that we have exhausted the queries in this group at this time. Thusly, we pause only to let each of you know what a joy it is to meditate with you. You are so beautiful, my brothers. That wonderful way that you color the light that comes through you from the Creator with your personality and your character is simply wonderful. And as you have blended your energies this evening and created a dome of Light that is far higher than this dwelling place, we are in awe of your courage, your intentions, and your beauty. Thank you.

At this time we will leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. It has been a joy sharing our humble thoughts with you. We leave you. We are those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I linked my computer with Anna in Nashville, and we listened to Carla channel Ra in Session #72 where our negative friend of fifth-density attempted to get Carla to leave her body when we were having our meditation in the living room before going into the Ra room for our Ra session. Carla asked me to hold her hand, so our negative friend was unable to get her to leave her body, but they were able to cause her to become unconscious. So, after a while Carla came to, and before our meditation the next day we performed the Banishing Ritual of the Lesser Pentagram to keep our negative friend out of the living room so that we could have the session with Ra.

This afternoon I went outside and pumped half of the water out of the fishpond. While the water was being pumped out, I put fertilizer in each of the five water lilies, and then got the netting in place with the stones and bricks and extension cords. While the fresh water was being pumped into the fishpond I spread four bags of Western Red Cedar mulch over the Nandina Bushes on the east side of the fishpond, and then I transplanted a tray of Begonias in the two little flower gardens on the north side of the fishpond. When the water level got about two inches over the tube for the fountain, I turned the fountain on and saw that it was the perfect height to keep from splashing out of the fishpond. Then I threw some Aquasafe into the fishpond to neutralize the chlorine in the water. At 4 pm this afternoon I joined Anika and Derek, who were in Chicago, for their monthly prayer for peace on planet Earth. There were seekers from all around the world that helped to get the gathering going by sharing their recent experiences of a spiritual nature that were most meaningful to them. Then Anika offered a number of prayers for peace and love as we all meditated. And, by chance, it was Derek’s 37th birthday today, and everyone wished him a “Happy Birthday!!!”

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

June 1

Eternal Peace

I am the voice of Jesus the Christ in the world today. I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

The kittens upon this instrument’s lap bask in each other’s affection. The sounds of the neighborhood, the barking of dogs, the singing of birds, the crunch of far-away tires on gravel filter gently through the cool summer morning and all seems ecstatic, peaceful and easy.

Yet this is a peace of this experience. There is a further peace, a peace beyond understanding, the advent of which comes to one who finally perceives the eternal peace of which all the sensual descriptions are but small manifestations.

Carry this eternal peace in your thoughts, in your heart, and in your actions this day. The situations that seem not so peaceful to the world may still be blessed by your perception, founded in Christ.

It is in the Love and the peace of Jesus the Christ that we leave you now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-31

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from September 5, 2010:

Jim: Q’uo, our question today concerns the transition that is taking place on Planet Earth on 12-12-12. We’re concerned about what we can do now, in the time remaining, to help ourselves, our families, our friends, and our planet to make this transition as harmoniously as possible. Could you give us an idea of what concepts, ideas or actions that we can concentrate upon in these remaining days via service to others in this transition time?

(Carla channeling)

Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. It is a great privilege for us to be with this instrument and this group. We have been with you this weekend, as many within the group have called us, and we have enjoyed each of you tremendously. Your beauty is astounding. The colors of your personality flash. It is exciting to be with you and it is humbling to us.

Our particular third-density is over. But we remember the difficulties and the challenges that we faced when we must find love by faith alone, and find faith by love alone. Thank you for calling us to your group. And we thank this instrument, who has been away from contact with us while it was necessary for her to do so, in order that she might be able to channel in an upright position rather than lying flat on her back. May we say to the instrument, thank you for that decision. And may we say to each of you, thank you for the decision to come together—may we even say to come home—for just a little while, to experience a safe place and an energy that is alive with the Love of the one great original Thought. This instrument and the one known as Jim did not do this. They did not import this energy. You did, each of you. And you share it generously. As you leave this weekend, my friends, carry it with you. Keep it in your pocket. Trust that this safe place endures within you. And remember how that feels, so that you can give it to yourself when you go into that which this weekend has called the inner closet of prayer.

We would ask one favor of you before we begin to answer the query that has been presented to us, and that is that each of you, in listening to our words, use your discrimination and your faculties of discernment, for we are your brothers and sisters. We are no authorities, and would never wish to be. But we have been called. And so we come. But know that our words are humble and imperfect. If they help you; if you resonate when you hear them; keep them and use them. That is why we are here. But if they do not hit the mark for you—and, my friends, we cannot hit the mark for all of you, all the time—please set those thoughts aside. You may return to them in a year, or five, or ten. They will still be here. Examine them again for useful thoughts and you may find that where you are then allows you to find new assets and resources in our words. But for now, if it doesn’t resonate, do not keep it. If you will do this for us, we will feel that we can share our thoughts with you without infringing upon your free will. We thank you for this consideration.

As the year of 2012 in your numbering system draws nigh, there is a natural concentration of those things which always anticipate a holiday, a feast, or a celebration. There is a feeling of needing to prepare, to cook the food, to bake the turkey, to make the cranberry sauce, to use this instrument’s upbringing to set the table for you. There is a feeling that you need to buy presents, to give gratitude to those about you. There is perhaps the desire to wear special clothes for this event, and you must find those. And there is the planning for the celebration. Who shall sleep where? How shall we feed so-and-so? How shall this go? And all of these elements are part of a useful attitude towards preparing for the shift of the ages, as it has been called by many.

As this instrument said earlier in her talk, the planet itself is scheduled to shift into active fourth density at the winter solstice of 2012. This is part of the clockwork nature of your universe. It is not arbitrary. There is, as this instrument attempted to explain, a lining up of powerful star energies, and that alignment clicks in and clicks over, and it is done. It is interesting that the one known as Jim stated it as “12-12-12”, because statistical alterations in that clock time do indicate that it shall occur somewhat before 12-21-2012, so this was a synchronicity we would like to point out. We do not know from our standpoint precisely what that correction is. We are, as we have often said, not clever with your numbering system. But it is well to celebrate the winter solstice of 2012, my friends, with the sure knowledge that you are saying goodbye to the yellow-ray density; that is, the Density of Choice.

Q’uo, our question today concerns the transition that is taking place on Planet Earth on 12-21-12. We’re concerned about what we can do now, in the time remaining, to help ourselves, our families, our friends, and our planet to make this transition as harmoniously as possible. Q’uo began by saying as the year of 2012 in our numbering system draws nigh, there is a natural concentration of those things which always anticipate a holiday, a feast, or a celebration, and there is a feeling of needing to prepare, to cook the food, to bake the turkey, to make the cranberry sauce, to use Carla’s upbringing to set the table for us, and there is a feeling that we need to buy presents, to give gratitude to those about us, and there is the desire to wear special clothes for this event, and there is the planning for the celebration: “ Who shall sleep where? How shall we feed so-and-so? How shall this go?” And all of these elements are part of a  useful attitude towards preparing for the shift of the ages, as it has been called by many. Q’uo continued by saying as Carla said earlier in her talk, the planet is scheduled to shift into active fourth density at the winter solstice of 2012 since this is part of the clockwork nature of our universe, and there is a lining up of star energies, and that alignment clicks in and clicks over, and it is done, so it is interesting that Jim stated it as “12-12-12”, because statistical alterations in that clock time do indicate that it shall occur somewhat before 12-21-2012, so this was a synchronicity that Q’uo wanted to point out, but they did not know from their standpoint what that correction is, and they are not clever with our numbering system, but it is well to celebrate the winter solstice of 2012, with the knowledge that we are saying goodbye to the yellow-ray density; that is, the Density of Choice. On November 21, 2023, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the Density of Choice:

You have correctly stated that Love is the reason each entity within the third density has come here to discover within itself. For this is the Density of Choice where you are able to take Love and use it either in service to others or in the service to the self. This is the means by which the Creator may know Itself more fully on each of these two paths, and know that this Love does indeed exist within each portion of each moment. For it is the Love of the One Infinite Creator that has created all the One Infinite creation out of that which you may call the Light of Love. These are your tools for moving through the third density in a manner which will allow you to utilize difficult catalyst that may bring you to your knees from time to time. And by the processing of this catalyst, find the Love within the moment, for this is a great journey of third density.

How shall you prepare? Each of you is anxious, to a certain extent, because there is the concern as to whether you can possibly be ready to make such a gigantic shift as the shift from yellow-ray thinking to green-ray thinking. As you can see, my friends, it is a shift from thinking of things in legalistic terms:  duty, responsibility to your family, to your nation state, to your job, to those things which you hold dear concerning the betterment of your immediate family and clan, too, the concern being for all humanity. It is the difference between wondering whether or not you should get a new appliance or toy, to wondering how you shall marshal the resources in order to be sure that all who are alive and bear the human genome have enough. What is enough, my friends? You have lived in a culture that suspects that word is null and void, that you will never have enough. It is ironic that many of those who have a great deal of what you would call “money” are consumed with making more and stashing it away, and finding a safe place to survive.

One of the best gifts you can give yourself at this time is to release thoughts of making sure you can survive. We are not saying that it is not wise to keep extra water, in case you find yourself in a power-less situation and do not have it. This could happen, not only at the end of the age but at a power outage that shuts down transformers. We are simply saying that if you save the world’s goods and defend them against those who would want them, you make all those who are your other-selves into your enemies. Plan, indeed, my friends. But if someone comes to your door hungry, take half the peanut butter sandwich that is all you have left and share it, for that entity is you, and you are he.

Then Q’uo said each of us is anxious because there is the concern as to whether we can be ready to make such a shift as the shift from yellow-ray thinking to green-ray thinking, and as we can see it is a shift from thinking of things in legalistic terms:  responsibility to our family, to our nation state, to those things which we hold dear concerning the betterment of our immediate family and clan and the concern for all humanity, so it is the difference between wondering how we shall obtain the resources in order to be sure that all who are alive and bear the human genes have enough, and have lived in a culture that suspects the word, enough, is null and void, that we will never have enough, and it is ironic that many of those who have a great deal of what we would call “money” are consumed with making more and finding a safe place to survive. Then Q’uo said one of the best gifts we can give our self at this time is to release thoughts of making sure we can survive, but Q’uo was not saying that it is not wise to keep extra water in case we find our self in a power-less situation and do not have it, and this could happen, not only at the end of the age but at a power outage that shuts down transformers, so they are saying that if we save the world’s goods and defend them against those who would want them, we make all those who are our other-selves into our enemies, so we must plan, but if someone comes to our door hungry, take half the peanut butter sandwich that is all we have left and share it, for that entity is us, and we are them. On December 13, 1981, Latwii expressed how we and our other-selves are one:

Eventually, as the progress of evolution proceeds, the self-aware entity does move out into those fields of concern which may be likened unto the field of the consciousness of other selves upon the planet, seeing the needs of the other selves, attempting to meet these needs, attempting to share in some manner with other selves those necessities which the self has found for the self.

Do not concern yourselves with tomorrow. In the Lord’s Prayer, which this instrument and the one known as Jim say twice a day, every day, which we feel is one of the most balanced prayers ever offered, the request is to have enough for today. “Give us this day, our daily bread.” Tomorrow you may pray that prayer again. Keep it simple, stay humble with that which you need to survive, and realize that if you do not survive, you shall drop a physical vehicle. If you cannot sustain yourself, then it is time for you to drop that physical vehicle and move on to the steps of light that this instrument has discussed with you. You are not under any pressure to survive, except according to your concern and your fear about the process of dying, and about those who are perhaps dependent upon you.

Nevertheless, the hallmark of those who live in the open heart is to know that all is well. By faith alone can you ever know this. The human side of you, the brain of the mind, cannot ever see the truth of this statement. All is never well, whether it’s a hangnail or the end of a continent as we know it. Whether you have an earache, or whether Vesuvius erupts and destroys 4,000 people, there is always something to disturb the tenure of your peace. And so, you cut up your peace; you destroy your quiet; and you do not know how to find the door to your inner room, to your heart. Therefore, let these concerns mature and ripen, and as you see that there is something logical and simple to be done, like saving some water against an emergency, do so. But do not allow that action to take on the heavy energy of fear.

Now Q’uo said we must not concern our selves with tomorrow because in the Lord’s Prayer the request is to have enough for today in the phrase, “Give us this day our daily bread,” and tomorrow we may pray that prayer again, so keep it simple and stay humble with that which we need to survive, and realize that if we do not survive, we shall drop our body, and if we cannot sustain our self, then it is time for us to drop our body and move on to the steps of Light that Carla has discussed with us, so we are not under any pressure to survive, except according to our concern and our fear about the process of dying, and about those who are perhaps dependent upon us. Q’uo continued by saying the human side of us, the brain of our  mind, cannot see the truth of this statement, and all is never well, whether it’s a hangnail or the end of a continent as we know it, so whether we have an earache, or whether Vesuvius erupts and destroys 4,000 people, there is always something to disturb the tenure of our peace, so we cut up our peace, and we do not know how to find the door to our heart, so let these concerns mature, and as we see that there is something simple to be done, like saving some water against an emergency, do so, but do not allow that action to take on the energy of fear. On January 23, 2006, Q’uo described the door to our heart:

Visualize, if you will, approaching the door to your heart, to that inner sanctum in which is safety, acceptance, and compassion. There is a portion of yourself that is already there. It has been there since before your birth. It will be there until the moment when your consciousness shifts through the gateway into larger life. That portion of you is the part that you are attempting to meet once again. It is a portion of yourself for which you are starved, and it does indeed lie waiting for you—as it always has.

It is that portion of yourself that is the Creator. To this instrument, who is a mystical Christian, the face of this entity is the face of the Christ. This makes it very easy for her to visualize what is awaiting her in the open heart, for she has a visual image already created in her mind’s eye of this entity. We would suggest that you find a face for unconditional Love as It awaits you in your own heart. This image is a portion of your own self, and yet at the same time it is a portion of the Godhead principle.

My friends, you came into this incarnation for two reasons. You came here to learn, and each of you has a pretty full plate, shall we say. Your semester hours have stacked up. Nobody’s only taking 12 hours. Everyone is going for a 15-hour semester, an 18-hour semester, and some people are working on 21 hours this particular semester of your tenure in this school of souls; that is, third density on Planet Earth. We commend you for wanting to learn so much. Learn as you can and as you will, but do not demand of yourself that you achieve anything measurable. For it is the keys to unknowing that will serve you in these latter hours, not the keys of knowing. When your chief lessons come around again, as they will, work on them as you can. Recognize them as the gifts that they are, but do not let your peace be disturbed, for your gift at this time, my friends, is to gaze at the chaos and respond in peace; to gaze at the hostility, and respond in compassion; to listen to those whom your intellect would call “idiots” take over the public airwaves and respond with a smile.

You are not the boss of anyone. You do not have to correct anyone. Let the world wag. Look to your inner tuning. Look to how you are living your life. Examine it, for things that truly count are truly important to celebrate: the dawning of a new heaven and a new Earth. Find your joy. Find your laughter. Find that place within you that loves yourself. And accept yourself, because that makes of you a co-Creator that will love others and accept others. This is the key to harmonization of the varieties of human thought and experience. We have not used one word, which is a perfect gift to give at this time, and that is forgiveness. What have you not forgiven yourself for today? Please, find the time to sit with yourself until you are self-forgiven. And this is important. Because you need to be able to gather all of yourself into your heart, and that includes those parts of yourself that you have called the “shadow side.”

Q’uo went on to say we came into this incarnation to learn, and each of us has a full plate, and our semester hours have stacked up, so everyone is going for a 15-hour semester, an 18-hour semester, and some people are working on 21 hours this semester of our tenure in this third density on Earth, and Q’uo commended us for wanting to learn so much, and they suggested that we learn as we can, but do not demand of our self that we achieve anything measurable, for it is the keys to unknowing that will serve us in these latter hours, not the keys of knowing, so when our lessons come around again work on them as we can, and recognize them as the gifts that they are, but do not let our peace be disturbed, for our gift at this time is to gaze at the chaos and respond in peace; to gaze at the hostility, and respond in compassion; to listen to those whom our intellect would call “idiots” take over the public airwaves and respond with a smile. Then Q’uo said we are not the boss of anyone, so we must look to our inner tuning to see how we are living our life, and examine it, for things that count are important to celebrate: the dawning of a new heaven and a new Earth, so find our joy, and our laughter, and that place within us that we love, and accept our self, because that makes us a co-Creator that will love others and accept others because this is the key to harmonization of the varieties of human experience, so Q’uo said that they have not used one word, which is a perfect gift to give at this time, and that is forgiveness, and we need to find the time to sit with our self until we are self-forgiven, and this is important because we need to be able to gather all of our self into our heart, and that includes those parts of our self that we have called our “shadow side.” On December 25, 2010, Q’uo spoke of what it means to us to be self-forgiven:

Energy expenditure, especially when it is devoted to the energies of self-judgment, self-criticism, and a lack of self-forgiveness, are energies that are unwisely spent. Once those energies are dedicated to self-judgment and related energies, those energies are no longer free to be used for love’s service. Consequently, although it may seem difficult to do at first, we encourage you at all times to come from a place of being self-forgiven, in full knowledge of your worth and with no tendency towards self-criticism.

It is not that we would suggest that you stop noticing when you make errors. Self-perceived errors are helpful, and mistakes are the way people learn, whatever their field of study. However, it is useless to become angry at the self because one has added two and two and gotten five. It is only necessary to note down that two and two equal four and to move from that premise in the future.

You are your own savior in that just as you are part of something greater, part of a spiritual clan of those who have come to this planet in ways to help, so those parts of your personality there in the Light, and those which you consider to be in a deep darkness, are alike a part of you. And in order to be heart-whole, you need to cradle yourself and heal yourself of that feeling of brokenness of which this instrument was talking earlier. Therefore, my friends, turn your minds from how to respond to a possible future cataclysm and towards becoming ready to meet this moment with an open heart. Meet this moment with an open heart. This is your greatest gift to your self, to your loved ones, and to the planet.

Now, that shows up in a different guise for everyone. It is not that you mean to wear the mask, or to don the costume, but it is impossible to express your true self, which is unconditional Love. Each of you has ways of presenting the self to the selves about you, that you have learned—sometimes painfully—work for you. That’s all right. You do not have to change your behavior. If you change your thoughts to those of love and laughter, acceptance, compassion and understanding, your behavior will take care of itself. There are those of you who wish badly to help the nation-state to become a better one, a truer one, one which vibrates more in resonance with its original intention. For you, this is appropriate. There are those of you who wish to help Mother Earth at this time. We are not saying that you should move into the national or international sphere and attempt to change the world. We are saying that wherever you live, there are challenges for the environment, and they can best be discussed and dealt with by those who are on the ground in the area, and local.

Q’uo continued by saying we are our own savior in that just as we are part of a spiritual clan of those who have come to this planet in ways to help, so those parts of our personality that are in the Light, and those which we consider to be in deep darkness, are both a part of us, and in order to be heart-whole, we need to cradle our self and heal our self of that feeling of brokenness which Carla was talking about earlier, so we can turn our minds from how to respond to a possible future cataclysm and towards becoming ready to meet this moment with an open heart because this is our greatest gift to our self, to our loved ones, and to the planet. Q’uo went on to say that shows up in a different way for everyone, so it is not that we mean to wear a mask, but it is impossible to express our true self, which is unconditional Love, and each of us has ways of presenting  our self to the selves about us, that we have learned—sometimes painfully—work for us, but we do not have to change our behavior, so if we change our thoughts to those of love and laughter, our behavior will take care of itself, and there are those of us who wish to help the nation-state to become a better one which vibrates more in resonance with its original intention, and for us this is appropriate, so there are those of us who wish to help Mother Earth at this time, and there is no need that we should move into the national or international sphere and attempt to change the world, so wherever we live there are challenges for the environment, and they can best be discussed and dealt with by those who are on the ground in the area, and local. On July 5, 1981, Hatonn spoke of the nature of our true self:

We speak to you of Love, for it is the original Thought, and it is the cause of our being with you this evening. In the difficulties and the hurly-burly of your daily existence, how easy it is to mistake the surface weather of your moods, and your emotions, and your thoughts for the deeper sources of the being, and to think that you are as you feel. Indeed, my friends, it is good to know just how you do feel and how you do think at all times, that you may be careful to use the experiences of your daily life, yet it is well also to realize that that which is deep within you is the true reality of your being and often bears no resemblance whatsoever to your thinking or your feeling on the outer planes. For your true self, my friends, is one which is beyond the human joys and sorrows that you experience in this illusion. Your true self, my friends, is one which is part of the creation of the Father and as such, experiences the entire creation outside of time, outside of space, outside of all things but the unity of the eternal present of the creation.

So set your sights, if you want inspiration, at ground zero for you, the center of your universe, the place that you live. And ask yourself, “What are the problems in this particular community that are trammeling Mother Earth, that are challenging her ability to survive?” And then, when you have targeted a difficult road bed, a misbehaving stream of water, a dam that does not serve the greater good, or whatever it may be, my friends, if it please you, put your heart and your soul into action to amend for the better that particular little part of Planet Earth that needs your help. You are all stewards of it. It cannot alter what man on Earth has done by itself, without the passage of a great deal of time. You are welcome to improve the odds, and to be good stewards of Gaia.

It may be, my friends, that your talent is not outer, but we assure you that the charge of being those who keep their hearts open is also the challenge of becoming a lighthouse to those around you. We are not saying that you must be impressive, speak well, or do anything whatsoever on the outer plane. We are saying only that as your heart is, so shall your eyes speak without words to those whom you meet. And as people look into your eyes and see the light of the Creator, so shall they become healed. All of you at this time are great healers by your love. You need do nothing outer in order to be absolutely essential at this time.

Q’uo said for us to set our sights, if we want inspiration, at ground zero for us, the center of our universe, and ask our self: “What are the problems in this particular community that are harming Mother Earth, that are challenging Her ability to survive?” And then, when we have targeted a difficult road bed, a misbehaving stream of water, or a dam that does not serve the greater good to put our heart and soul into action to amend for the better that particular little part of Mother Earth that needs our help since we are all stewards of Her, and She cannot alter what man on Earth has done by Herself without the passage of a great deal of time, so we are welcome to improve the odds, and to be good stewards of Gaia. Q’uo continued by saying our talent is not outer, and the honor of being one of those who keep our hearts open is also the challenge of becoming a lighthouse to those around us, and we do not need to speak well, or do anything on the outer plane, but  as our heart is, so shall our eyes speak without words to those whom we meet, and as people look into our eyes and see the Light of the Creator, so shall they become healed, and all of us at this time are great healers by our Love, so we need do nothing outer in order to be helpful at this time. On November 12, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the value of our becoming a lighthouse:

We would encourage you to see yourself as a lighthouse. The lighthouse lights its lamp and keeps its windows transparent. It gives to that lamp the power to turn in endless circles, so that those coming in from the open water may see the rocks and avoid them and come to a safe harbor. A spiritual lighthouse has its own kind of Light, and when you become aware of the power of your beingness, you may, if you wish, consciously become that kind of lighthouse that radiates Love and Light into the spiritual space around you.

All the speaking that you might do is not one-thousandth as powerful as the focus of your very nature when it is focused upon unconditional Love. Let your answer to fear be an open-hearted, sunny, carefree, joyous, confident feeling of Love and rightness. Develop that environment within yourself: lightening up, looking for the laughter, looking for the fun.

Now, what is your food? What is the feast for which you are preparing? Or to use another metaphor that this instrument used earlier, where is the fuel for your lamp? How shall you strike the match to that fuel and light the lamp of fourth-density? My friends, your feast is Love itself. Relish it. Prepare it. Use the herbs of patience, tenacity, and the light touch. Walk the fields of your consciousness and find ever new those growing wild things that, when plucked young, shall make ever tastier the feast of Love. Now you have prepared yourself. You have prepared your feast. You have decided upon your present—and we do mean that pun, my friends, staying in the present moment and being a creature of love; seeing with eyes of love; thinking with thoughts of love and having an understanding heart. Now, wrap these presents well. Prepare them well, these tasty dishes. And be confident in the extreme that all is well.

When you hear the inevitable discussions that are fear-based and full of the contracted energy of those who are terrified and want to find ways to control the situation, stretch, breathe and feel the expansion within you that comes from knowing, by faith alone, that all is well. The poet known as William, on his deathbed, saw angels, and sang hallelujahs, and welcomed his end with the same enthusiasm with which he had welcomed all of his life. He was fascinated with the round towers of magical energy, and in the end he was the round tower he sought.

Then Q’uo said our feast is Love itself, and we must relish its herbs of patience, tenacity, and the light touch as we walk the fields of our consciousness and find ever new those growing wild things that, when plucked young, shall make tastier the feast of Love, so now we have prepared our self, and we have prepared our feast, and we have decided upon our present—and Q’uo meant that as a pun by staying in the present moment and being a creature of Love; seeing with eyes of love; thinking with thoughts of love; and having an understanding heart, and wrap these presents well, and be confident in that all is well. Now Q’uo said when we hear the discussions that are fear-based of those who are terrified and want to find ways to control the situation, breathe, and feel the expansion within us that comes from knowing, by faith alone, that all is well, so the poet William, on his deathbed, saw angels, and sang hallelujahs, and welcomed his end with the same enthusiasm with which he had welcomed all of his life, and he was fascinated with the round towers of magical energy, and in the end, he was the round tower he sought. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo said that all is well no matter what the situation we face:

The ability to live one’s incarnation in the present moment in the face of great discomfort is an ability which works its way to the conscious awareness by a circuitous path in many which find themselves in a situation such as that one which you now experience. Deep within one’s subconscious mind and memory of that which encompasses this life pattern is the sure knowledge that all is well. As one lives the life and encounters the catalyst, this sure knowledge that all is well makes itself available in those ways which the entity is able to experience. The efforts that you make, seemingly in your own behalf, then, are those that extend in their effect to that environment which is this planet’s third-density illusion. Thus, it is well to be of a light and accepting frame of mind and to offer oneself as that entity which gives light and love in whatever form is available to it.

If you fear death, my friends, die. Lie down in your grave. Wait until you are desperately hungry and cold, and feel in truth your own death. And when you have felt that to the fullest, rise. Look at the sky, the sun. Smell the fresh flowers upon the wind that grow everywhere, wild, and generous, and begin for the first time to know the value of your life. Every moment of your life is a gift. Relish it. Use it. Have a wonderful time with it. Ask of yourself not how much you have done today, but how much have you loved today? Then, you are ready. You have the fuel for your light, for it is infinite. You have the food for your feast, and you are ready to meet the chaos of the darkness of the eve of that day.

What we suggest, my friends, is not simple, although it may sound so, for all of your training and the training your culture offers to everyone is counter to what we say. We offer you the truth of a fool, the fool that leaps from the precipice into mid-air—the mid-air of faith. Gather yourself and leap. You shall find the footing amazingly even in that mid-air. The one thing that we would suggest is that which we always suggest, and that is some form of using the silence. For you see, my friends, there are many ways to move into your open heart. But they all require silence. Silence is the key that opens the door to your inner room, so that you can rush in and tabernacle with the infinite One.

Now Q’uo said if we fear death, lie down in our grave and die, but wait until we are hungry and cold, and feel in truth our own death, and when we have felt that to the fullest, rise, and look at the sky, the sun, and smell the fresh flowers upon the wind that grow everywhere, wild, and generous, and begin for the first time to know the value of our life, so every moment of our life is a gift, and we can have a wonderful time with it, but ask of our self not how much we have done today, but how much have we loved today, and then we are ready, and we have the infinite fuel for our light and food for our feast, and we are ready to meet the chaos of the darkness of the eve of that day. Q’uo went on to suggest that for all of our training and the training our culture offers to everyone is counter to what they have to say because they offer us the truth of a fool, the fool that leaps from the precipice into mid-air of faith, so we can gather our self and leap, and we shall find the footing amazingly even in that mid-air, so the one thing that they would suggest is some form of using the silence, for we see there are many ways to move into our open heart, but they all require silence because silence is the key that opens the door to our inner room, so that we can rush in and tabernacle with the infinite One. On March 30, 1980, Hatonn spoke of the value of tabernacling with the Creator:

The illusion is very strong among the people, and in order for you to be able to control your reactions to those things about you which cause you to initiate patterns of behavior that are negative, we can only suggest that you meditate daily and seek to ground yourself in what we may call a tabernacle of yourself and the Creator, a holy place within your own breast in which the Creator may dwell, as in a tent, as in an oasis, so that you too may repair to your own heart and to the Creator. And from that gentle and well-watered garden, thereby remember not to react to circumstances which cause the negative feelings of which you are speaking. It is nothing more than a habit of mind, and when recognized as such by the use of daily meditation, and by the constant reminder of the Creator within, can by slowly eliminated so that eventually, in one area of your life and then in another, two plus two will begin to equal four.

You may be in good shape, and you can enter quietly, sit down with the Creator and move into communion with it. You may be in very rough shape, and you may need to climb into the Creator’s great lap and bury your head against His great heart and let Him rock you, until you feel better. Give Him your heart. He will give you the Balm of Gilead. Whatever way you find to use the silence, you will find that the wordless language of silence is far more eloquent than the greatest words written by humankind or spoken by saints.

We are with you. There is so much help waiting to be asked, but we must be asked, for we would not infringe upon your free will. Therefore, please, at all times live your life in gratitude. In thanking us you ask us to continue. In thanking the angels, you ask them to continue. Make a practice of this, for it too will make this transition time easier for you. The instrument is requesting of us that we transfer this contact to the one known as Jim while she leaves the circle for a brief time. Therefore, we leave this instrument and transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Q’uo.

Now Q’uo said we may be in good shape, and we can enter quietly, sit down with the Creator and move into communion with It, or we may be in rough shape, and we may need to climb into the Creator’s great lap and bury our head against Its great heart and let It rock you, until you feel better, so give It our heart, and It will give you the Balm of Gilead, so whatever way we find to use the silence, we will find that the wordless language of silence is far more eloquent than the greatest words written by humankind or spoken by saints. So Q’uo said they are with us, and there is so much help waiting to be asked, but they must be asked, for they would not infringe upon our free will, so at all times live our life in gratitude, and in thanking them we ask them to continue, and in thanking the angels, we ask them to continue, so make a practice of this, for it will make this transition time easier for us. On February 2, 2003, Q’uo described the Balm of Gilead:

If one can envision, as the one known as V was discussing, diving down that cliff of ocean from the relative shallows of the conscious experience into the abyss of infinite awareness, that infinite awareness has a coherence that is full of information that, in its very transmission, is as the Balm of Gilead, that healing energy that can move into a situation within as those healing waters, as that medicament without description heals by its energy alone, not needing rhyme and reason, not needing logic and possibility, not needing the human acceptance; needing, rather, the acceptance of a state of mind that is other than that which your culture understands, or accepts.

The instrument is requesting of us that we transfer this contact to the one known as Jim while she leaves the circle for a brief time. Therefore, we leave this instrument and transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Q’uo.

Hatonn: We pause while things are done to the equipment so that the one known as Jim may be heard. We are those of Hatonn.

[Pause]

(Jim channeling)

I am Hatonn, and am with this instrument. We greet each again in love and light through this instrument. At this time, we would ask if there might be any shorter queries to which we may speak.

Questioner: Hatonn, I have a question. I was curious, at this point, as we approach 2012, how we stand with the “tipping point” so all may make the journey, and what suggestions we might receive to assist with this venture in finding the tipping point. Thank you.

Hatonn: [Q’uo, Hatonn speaking for the principle.]

I am Hatonn, and am aware of your query, my brother. At this time, the phenomenon of the tipping point, so called, is at a point where there is a growing number of entities aware of the nature of change in general. We can hypothesize that within what you would call a year or so, there will be a further movement of your planetary influence into that realm of space and time where the green-ray energies are more profoundly experienced by entities such as yourselves, who have become consciously aware that the opening of the heart is of profound importance, and this shall be the key to the transformation not only of such seekers as yourselves, but also of this planetary influence which you call your Earth, or as some have referred to it, Gaia.

Many will recognize that there is a great feeling of difference that is permeating their environment and their experience. However, the great majority shall be unaware of the nature of this change at its heart. Yet the questing within their own experience shall begin, which will allow greater illumination to occur for them. There is for such entities the great possibility that this questing shall be the beginning of their own awakening so that such awakened experiences will be more readily available to greater and greater portions of your planetary population, thus enhancing the movement towards this tipping point.

Is there a further query, my brother?

Questioner: I have a query, please. The winter solstice 2012 will bring a unique planetary and star alignment. What changes to a yellow-ray body, human-DNA blueprint might we expect or might be probable with the dawning of the new energies coming at this time?

Hatonn: The planetary alignment of which you speak is a phenomenon of great significance for the transition that each entity, and indeed each cell that in the human body, shall begin to experience. If one were able closely and carefully to see what is happening, these cells are being enhanced in a manner which will allow a greater experience of the Density of Love and Understanding which is now beckoning and shall shortly be that predominant experience of this illusion.

Is there a further query, my sister?

Questioner: I have one, if no one else has one. According to Ra, many of us here this weekend at Homecoming are Wanderers from fifth or sixth density who reincarnated to third density to help with the harvest. In time/space, if every moment in every soul stream is occurring simultaneously, then somewhere else in time/space, are all the third-density natives of Earth—also fifth and sixth density and perhaps wanderers—helping our third density incarnations to ascend?

Hatonn: I am Hatonn, and am aware of your query, my brother. In the sense of unity, in which all is seen as the one Creator and one being, this is so. In the sense of the many, indeed infinite, illusions and entities which comprise this one Creator, this is so only in what we may call a conditional sense, in that each entity upon Planet Earth has its origin, and has arrived at its present location and experience, in what seems to be a linear sense, and thus shall continue its progress after the Earth experience is complete in what would again seem to be a linear sense.

Those graduating from third to fourth density remaining upon this planetary influence, those graduating in the service-to-self sense, moving to another planetary influence, and those Wanderers who have moved to this planetary influence from what you would call a higher density, moving back to that home planet for what you might call further assignment, and those who have yet, shall we say, to make the grade of fourth density, moving to another third-density planetary influence to continue their work upon opening the heart, all are one Being. All move in harmony as one great Creator. It is a paradox, my friend.

Is there another query at this time?

Questioner: Yes, Hatonn, I have one brief question. Upon entering meditation or attempting to meditate, many seekers will often attract a feeling of drowsiness or sleepiness, and I was wondering if this was rooted in the metaphysical principle of the population being somehow “asleep”? Please shed any light upon the subject that you may share with us.

Hatonn: I am Hatonn, and am aware of your query, my brother. The drowsing effect that one may feel while attempting to enter into the meditative state is much like the entity attempting physical exercise and, being new to the experience, is able to accomplish a smaller amount than it shall be able to accomplish with further exercise. Thus, the, shall we say, meditation muscle must be strengthened.

Is there a final query at this time?

Carla: The one that I remember, Hatonn, from the conversation around the circle was a combination of two people who wanted to know about biblical references to the “thousand years of peace” that might come in some future time, and the statement by those of Q’uo that there was the possibility in the long-distant future that the Earth may one day carry another third density. Do you see any connection between these intellectual considerations and spiritual principles that might help us to think about these questions?

Hatonn: I am Hatonn, and am aware of your query, my sister. From our perspective, which is limited, we would suggest that the “one-thousand-year time period” is symbolic of a beginning experience of peace within the human heart that will be infinite in its nature, so that it is a steady state, no longer subject to what you may call the trials and tribulations of the choice-making density, the path having been chosen, the feet firmly planted thereupon, and the will strengthened to persevere. The journey shall be undertaken in strength of purpose in joyful, glad tidings of the heart.

We pause briefly… We would ask that you repeat the second portion of your query, my sister.

Carla: We asked, secondly, what spiritual principles might we use to think about questions of this nature?

Hatonn: I am Hatonn, and am aware of your query, my sister. The principle which we find most helpful in this regard is the principle of balance, which finds its origination in the principle of unity. The balance which is necessary to meet this time of transition is the great desire to be of service that is experienced by each within this circle of seeking, that needs be balanced with the, shall we say, overview, the far-seeing of the bigger picture, which realizes that all is well at this moment and every moment, for all is, indeed, one. Again, paradox is that quality which seems ever-present for the spiritual seeker to serve out of seeing the necessity for service, while also seeing the perfection of experience. This is your faith, shall we say, at this time a great transition upon your beloved Planet Earth.

At this time we would thank each present for taking the time and energy to seek our presence, to ask our service, and to take this offering, humble though it be, and use it as you will. Each here is strong in seeking, and shall continue to serve in a way which is most helpful to the transition of this planet, and of those about each, the friends, the family, the strangers met upon the street, who seek assistance at what might seem to be inopportune moments. And yet, as each responds to these requests for service, the Creator is served, the Creator is seen, the Creator is loved. And so, you travel forward in your great journey, as pilgrims upon a dusty path, yet a path which leads ever homeward. For can you be anywhere else but home when you move within the one infinite Creator? We are those of Hatonn. We leave each in love and in light. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I took the blue sheets and pillow cases off of my bed and put them in the wash. Then I put the green sheets and pillow cases on my bed and used a wet mop to mop under and around my bed. Then I drove to Thieneman’s Nursery to buy another bale of pine straw mulch and five sacks of Western Red Cedar mulch.

This afternoon I used my trimmer to weed the Moss Garden, and then I used my backpack blower to blow the weeds out of the Moss Garden. Then I used the trimmer to deadhead the Dianthus Flowers along the parking area in front of my home. Then I spread the bale of pine straw mulch on the Day Lily Garden on the south side of the Wuthering Heights Mound in the front yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 31

Slow Down!

We are of the principle which is called the spirit of Jesus Christ, and we greet you in perfect Love.

How your minds are scurrying this morning! What room does the Spirit have to speak when there is so much of small detail and little meaning that covers your mind like a blanket? Can the Spirit of the Father and the joy of Christ enter into any cracks in this mind filled with haste and hurry, fluster and worry?

Slow down! You cannot be peaceful if you give too much importance to things that have no peace in them. Your world is not built of paper or the information upon that paper. It is built, rather, of people who move their paper and their business back and forth, forgetting to allow space for themselves to be born of the Spirit and to grow in Christ.

Seek the comfort that this world’s business and hurry can never have, for the sake of Jesus Christ.

In Love and peace we leave you, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-30

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 13, 2010:

Jim: The question this evening begins with a quote from Ra: “It is paramount that it be understood that it is not desirable or helpful to the growth of the understanding, may we say, of an entity by itself to control thought processes or impulses, except where they may result in actions not consonant with the Law of One.” G asks, “I do not understand how an action can possibly be ‘not consonant’ with the Law of One when the Law of One, as Ra says elsewhere, blinks neither at the light nor at the dark, but is available for both polarities. How could anything, even disharmony itself, even conscious rejection of the Law of One, be ‘not consonant’ with the Law of One?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we are with you this evening. It is a tremendous privilege to be called to your circle of seeking, and we thank you. We are most happy to speak with you concerning your query. However, as always, before we speak with you through this instrument we would ask you each to use your discrimination and powers of discernment as you hear the thoughts that we share with you. Find those thoughts which resonate to you at this time. Keep them and work with them as you will. If that which we have to say does not resonate to you, let it be, let it go, and move on. Each of you has an unique path of seeking, and that which is for you for this moment will jump out at you in a certain way, and you will know that. Consequently, we ask you to trust your own discernment and your own powers of discrimination and use them. If you will do that for us, we will be able to offer our thoughts to you without being concerned with the issue of your free will. We would not wish to infringe upon that. We thank you for this consideration.

My friends, there is probably no single issue that is knottier and more full of paradox than the issue of service to others and service to self. The questioner brings out that paradox very clearly by asking, if all things are part of the Law of One, if there is a total unity of all things, how can any action not be consonant with the Law of One? So let us unravel that paradox insofar as anyone can, using words and intellectual processes. Firstly, let us dwell for a moment upon the concept of total unity. Even within this room, there are obvious differences among those in the circle of seeking this evening. Some there are who are biologically female, while others are biologically male. There are differences in age, personality type, and on and on. When you expand your view to the global gamut, you see an almost endless variety of individuals who are all part of the tribe of humankind and yet whose characteristics, be they physical, emotional or mental, have an enormous range of variety.

What binds you together in unity is not that which meets the eye or any of the senses. What binds you in one is your Source, your ending, and your essence. Your Source is Love, the great original Thought of unconditional Love; that is, the Logos, the active principle of the Godhead. This thought of Love, combined with Light by the use of Free Will, has created all of the illusions of all of the densities of your infinite creation. And it has peopled these illusions with sparks of the Godhead principle, which are each of you, and each of us, and all beings that there are. This is your commonality: that you were created of Love and that you are connected. Many of these connections are unpotentiated, yet they lie awaiting potentiation whenever you connect, consciously or with less consciousness, with another. Even the moments as they pass form patterns of connection which are infinite. Even if you touch another’s aura for an instant and you are to some degree aware of that connection, it will last forever, potentiated and of a certain type and intensity.

G’s question was: “I do not understand how an action can possibly be ‘not consonant’ with the Law of One when the Law of One, as Ra says elsewhere, blinks neither at the light nor at the dark, but is available for both polarities. How could anything, even disharmony itself, even conscious rejection of the Law of One, be ‘not consonant’ with the Law of One?” Q’uo began by saying there is no issue that is more full of paradox than the issue of service to others and service to self, and G brings out that paradox by asking, if all things are part of the Law of One, if there is a total unity of all things, how can any action not be consonant with the Law of One, so Q’uo wanted to unravel that paradox as well as anyone can using words and intellectual processes, so they said let us dwell for a moment upon the concept of total unity, so even within this room, there are differences among those in the circle of seeking this evening, and some are biologically female, while others are biologically male, and there are differences in age, and personality type, so when we expand our view to the global experience we see an endless variety of individuals who are all part of the tribe of humankind and yet whose characteristics, be they physical, emotional, or mental, have an enormous range of variety. Q’uo went on to say what binds us together in unity is not that which meets the eye or any of the senses, and what binds us in one is our Source, our ending, and our essence because our Source is Love, the great original Thought of unconditional Love that is the Logos, the active principle of the Godhead, so this thought of Love, combined with Light by the use of Free Will, has created all of the illusions of all of the densities of the infinite creation, and it has populated these illusions with sparks of the Godhead principle, which are all beings that there are, so this is our commonality: that we were created of Love, and that we are connected, and many of these connections are unpotentiated, yet they lie awaiting potentiation whenever we connect, consciously with another, so even the moments as they pass form patterns of connection which are infinite, and even if we touch another’s aura for an instant, and we are aware of that connection, it will last forever. On August 12, 1990, Q’uo said that we all are created of Love:

The Creator is best known to us as Love. Love in its classic meaning, that which may be called intelligent infinity, contains most of that which is the Creator. But the Creator, by the power of Free Will, has the desire to know Itself. And so, creations begin in those parts of the Creator created of Love which is the Creator and an equal amount of free will, which is infinitely different for each person, have created each unique being, including yourself. Each experience that you have, each decision that you make is of vital interest to the Creator of all things.

Youare those who store and who expend energy. A Light within you moves ceaselessly through your energy body and back to the one infinite Creator. And you use that Light, you color that Light with your intentions more than with your innate distortions. Your power to intensify and potentiate the Light that is passing through you stems from your growing awareness that you have a will, and that you can use that will to set your intention and to create the universe that you wish, and that you choose to create.

And, you are one in your ending, for you are fellow pilgrims walking through experience after experience, gathering the sweetness of every flower, the poignancy of every sadness, the horror of every tragedy, witnessing, amassing, sorting, analyzing, using the experiences that you have, constantly transforming yourself by that which you choose to see, that which you choose to understand, that which you hold and that which you release. Your path, while unique, has an inevitability in its general arc, for you shall, in the fullness of time and space, circle back to your Source and be taken up again in that Creator for whom you yearn, for whom you live, and for whom you are gathering these experiences, these impressions, these moments of pure witness, these transformations that change the Creator’s knowledge of Itself.

Then Q’uo said that we are those who store and who expend energy, and a Light within us moves ceaselessly through our energy body and back to the one infinite Creator, and we use that Light, and we color that Light with our intentions more than with our distortions, so our power to intensify and potentiate the Light that is passing through us stems from our growing awareness that we have a will, and that we can use that will to set our intention and to create the universe that we wish, and that we choose to create. Q’uo went on to say that we are one in our ending, for we are pilgrims walking through experience after experience, gathering the sweetness of every flower, the poignancy of every sadness, the horror of every tragedy, witnessing and analyzing, using the experiences that we have, constantly transforming our self by that which we choose to see, that which we choose to understand, that which we hold and that which we release, so our path, while unique, has an inevitability in its general arc, for we shall, in the fullness of time and space, circle back to our Source and be taken up again in that Creator for whom we yearn, for whom we live, and for whom we are gathering these experiences, and these transformations that change the Creator’s knowledge of Itself. On May 13, 1990, Q’uo described the nature of the transformations that we all go through during our lifetime:

It is true that there are cycles or stages in the journey of union that are likened unto transformations of the entity from quality to quality as that which is heavier and more grossly constructed within the personality is refined and burned away, shall we say, by the fires of experience, so that that which remains is burnished and bright and serves as an honestation for the Creator.

There are various stages that an entity will be available to pass through during an incarnation that are determined before the incarnation as general categories in which lessons shall be attempted. As an entity assesses the upcoming, shall we say, incarnation and the potentials for growth that it wishes to include it will survey the kind of transformations, or initiations, as they are often called, that will be necessary to undergo as a portion of the learning process, much as a student within your colleges would determine what courses of mathematics would be necessary in order to master that particular field of study.

On this level of consideration, there is no concept of that which is acceptable or unacceptable, for all is one in its ground, its beginnings, and its endings. And that which, on another level may be considered not consonant with appropriate choices for service to others are, on this ultimate level, not considered at all, for they are all shades of color which, when taken as a whole, become pure white Light, through densities of purification and refinement. The level at which each of you in this room and each of those upon Planet Earth at this time are working with the Law of One, paradoxically enough, is a level in which you are asked to discriminate between that which is polarized toward service to others and that which is polarized toward service to self. In our humble opinion, questions of what is service to others and what is service to self are endlessly subjective. One cannot create a dogma or a creed of service to others. In the history of your planet, attempts to do so have always failed.

Certainly, in the main and in general, one can say, “Thou shalt not steal.” “Thou shalt not commit adultery.” “Thou shalt not use the name of the Lord in vain.” “Thou shalt not have any others gods but the one God.” “Thou shalt not build graven image,” and so forth. Yet, as soon as you raise a temple of truth or a pillar of rule, rightness or righteousness, you simply beg for that exception that proves the rule, that anomaly that undoes the pillar of truth. You must see that service to others and service to self are very individually judged, felt and manifested in your own life and not that of another. Yet what is intended or meant by saying it is a prerequisite of graduation from Planet Earth that one polarizes towards either service to others or service to self, is that very simple and clear principle of polarization.

Q’uo went on to say on this level of consideration there is no concept of that which is acceptable or unacceptable, for all is one in its beginnings and its endings, and that which, on another level may be considered not consonant with appropriate choices for service to others are, on this ultimate level, not considered at all, for they are all shades of color which become white Light through densities of refinement, so the level at which each of us in this room and each of us upon Earth at this time are working with the Law of One, paradoxically, is a level in which we are asked to discriminate between that which is polarized toward service to others and that which is polarized toward service to self, and in Q’uo’s opinion, questions of what is service to others and what is service to self are subjective, so we cannot create a dogma of service to others because in the history of our planet, attempts to do so have always failed. Now Q’uo said in general we can say, “Thou shalt not steal.” “Thou shalt not commit adultery,” yet as soon as we raise a pillar of truth we beg for that exception that proves the rule, that anomaly that undoes the pillar of truth, so we must see that service to others and service to self are individually judged and manifested in our own life and not that of another, but what is meant by saying it is a prerequisite of graduation from Earth that we polarize towards either service to others or service to self, is a clear principle of polarization. On February 20, 1983, Latwii spoke of the nature of the principle of polarization:

It is most unusual for an entity to completely change the polarity during an incarnation within the third density, for within your density the great forgetting which occurs makes progress, shall we say, difficult enough that when one polarity is discovered to be successful or helpful to the entity in its evolution, it is most usually intensified so that the efficacy is continually enhanced. There are many, many cases, however, where entities, shall we say, mix their polarities, not having the knowledge of the principle of polarization. The great majority of entities upon your planet, for example, swing in might be called the potential well of indifference, moving at times in service to others with great sincerity, moving also as the pendulum at times in service to self with great dedication. This is normal upon this particular planet at this time. For an entity to change completely the seeking from one polarity to the other and be efficient in that seeking is most unusual.

While it is subjective, to a certain extent, as to how you polarize towards service to others, the idea of serving the Creator by serving all other selves as if they were yourself is a solid principle, lucid and clear. Although there are many ways to approach the concept of what is service to others, there are probably two basic ways in which one may move in order to determine how to make decisions for yourself when you come to a point of choice as to how you shall treat a self within your kingdom, within your creation, whether it be the self or another self.

One way is to focus intensely and persistently upon the Creator, seeking the Creator’s face, hungering and thirsting for the Creator and encouraging yourself to become more and more sharp-set with that hunger, more and more dry with that thirst for devotion, for prayer, for praise, for thanksgiving, for practicing the presence of the one Creator. And when you do that and you come to a choice point, you can cry out,

[Singing]

Lead me Lord, lead me in your righteousness; Make thy way known before my face. For it is thou, Lord, the Lord only that makest me dwell in righteousness.

This is a way of devotion, and when you pray, “Lead me Lord,” you shall be led. For the Spirit is quick to answer the call and angels flock to one who seeks not the kingdom of this world but the will of the Father. Yet many there are to whom the way of devotion is a dry and arid desert. To those we encourage the way of the mind and the heart. You can ask yourself two questions if you follow that path. You can ask yourself, “Analyzing this moment, analyzing this point of choice, where is the service? Where is the love?” And in 99 cases out of 100 in your life you can reason out how to act in such a way as to help another entity.

Q’uo continued by saying while it is subjective as to how we polarize towards service to others, the idea of serving the Creator by serving all other selves as if they were our self is a solid principle, and although there are many ways to approach the concept of what is service to others, there are probably two ways in which we may move in order to determine how to make decisions for our self when we come to a point of choice as to how we shall treat a self within our creation, whether it be our self or another self. Q’uo continued by saying one way is to focus intensely upon the Creator, hungering for the Creator, and encouraging our self to become more focused with that hunger, fuller with our thirst for praise and thanksgiving, and practicing the presence of the one Creator, and when we do that and we come to a choice point, we can cry out,

[Singing]

Lead me Lord, lead me in your righteousness; Make thy way known before my face. For it is thou, Lord, the Lord only that makest me dwell in righteousness.

So this is a way of devotion, and when we pray, “Lead me Lord,” we shall be led for the Spirit is quick to answer our call, and angels flock to one who seeks not the kingdom of this world but the will of the Father, yet many there are to whom the way of devotion is an arid desert, and to those Q’uo encouraged the way of the mind and the heart, and we can ask two questions if we follow that path, so we can ask: “Analyzing this moment, analyzing this point of choice, where is the service? Where is the love?” And in 99 cases out of 100 in our life we can determine how to act in such a way as to help another entity. On June 18, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the will of the Father:

The one known as Jesus did not wish to be worshipped. The one known as Jesus wished to be seen as one who was doing the will of the Father. We ask each of you, “What is your will? Who is your Creator? And how shall you follow the will of the Father for you this day?” This instrument prays every morning that she may hear the Word, that she may, in her flesh and in her mistakes and in her every movement, be used. If you but open yourself to the possibility of Christ within, you will understand that the “I Am” that is truly you is the way, the truth, and the life.

When you move to the second track of that and engage the heart again, you are simply asking yourself, “Where in this choice does my heart open?” “What choice makes me feel energy moving through my heart?” “Am I increasing unity? Am I increasing love? Am I increasing hope? Am I offering consolation, support, sympathy? Am I listening?” All of these are ways of saying, “Am I opening my heart?” It is almost as if there was a tide of judgment in the world that wants to put out the Light, that wants to make differences that judge people, that wants to make people not okay. And against that rising tide of darkness stands the candle, the frail, feeble, flickering candle of the Love that is moving through your heart at this time. Yet all of the darkness in the world cannot put out the Light in your heart. So, “this little light of yours, you can let it shine,” without fear that by loving, instead of judging, you shall be diminished in some way.

And it is at this level, at the level of choice of polarity, that the ones known as Ra were speaking when they said that all things are acceptable in the realm of thought and action as long as they do not infringe upon another. Clearly, at this moment, the one known as Ra was speaking of how to serve others and how to increase positive polarity. The one known as Ra, just as the one known as Hatonn, and the one known as Latwii, those who make up the principle of Q’uo, are those who come to this circle of seeking as representatives of the positive polarity. It is the positive polarity that we attempt to share through our conversations with you. And when dealing with positive polarity, the very first rule is the rule of free will. Called a law or a way, free will is primal. Your rights as a spiritual entity as well as a physical entity under the Law of One, positive polarity, end at the tip of your nose, the end of your fingers and your teeth.

Now Q’uo said when we engage our heart again, we are asking our self, “Am I opening my heart?” And it is almost as if there were a tide of judgment in the world that wants to put out the Light, that wants to make differences that judge people, and against that rising tide of darkness stands the frail, flickering candle of the Love that is moving through our heart at this time, yet all of the darkness in the world cannot put out the Light in our heart, so “this little light of ours, we can let it shine,” without fear that by loving, instead of judging, we shall be diminished in some way. Q’uo went on to say it is at this level of our of choice of polarity, that Ra was speaking when Ra said that all things are acceptable in the realm of thought and action as long as they do not infringe upon another, so at this moment the one known as Ra was speaking of how to serve others and how to increase positive polarity so Ra, just as Hatonn, and Latwii, who make up the principle of Q’uo, are those who come to this circle of seeking as representatives of the positive polarity, and it is the positive polarity that Q’uo attempts to share through their conversations with us, and when dealing with positive polarity, the first rule is the rule of Free Will, and when called a law or a way, Free Will is primal, and our rights as a spiritual entity as well as a physical entity under the Law of One end at the tip of our nose. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo described the rule of Free Will:

There are sources of help all around you which operate on the rule of Free Will. Those of positive polarity shall not force themselves upon you but shall await your request. It is said in your holy work, “Ask and you shall receive; knock and it shall be opened unto you.” Know, with a deep knowing, that this is the true nature of things. Do not expect your guidance to come and speak in your ear without your request. You have angels about you at all times. They, too, are forbidden to interfere until you ask for their help. Ask them and thank them.

In other words, it does not infringe upon others to think what you will. To say that which you think is an unpolarized act unless it comes under the discipline of service to others. Thusly, the one known as Ra was attempting to say that it is part of the exploration of who you are to think thoughts of 360 degrees of possibility. But to engage others without their request in such unpolarized thoughts is not consonant with the Law of One, in its service-to-others polarity. If one attempts to live within the sixth-density understanding of total unity in a polarized, three-dimensional and third-density illusion such as you experience, there will be profound confusion. There will be an interruption in the smooth progression of your polarity. Within third density your lessons have to do with how to magnify the Light by the way you think and by the way you live. Then, clearly, if others have not requested your opinion or your action, and you press your words or your actions upon them regardless, you are no longer respecting their free will. You are no longer seeing them as equal to yourself. Rather, you have diminished them. You have ceased respecting them.

The applications of this basic principle are infinite in number. An obvious infringement of this kind would be that of the entity who decides for one reason or another to prey sexually upon another human being. While such a rapist may say in court things like, “She was asking for it. I was only giving her what she wanted,” in point of fact, she was not asking for it. She had a free will that was disregarded and upon which the rapist profoundly infringed. This is a very blunt-edged example of infringement on free will so that we can make our point clearly. Thoughts about making love with another are without polarity because they have not moved from the thought to the act. Acting on such a thought in a way that infringes upon another is not oriented in service to others, and it shall not aid the seeker of service to others in understanding what service to others is. This is the basic thrust of that thought. And we hope this discussion of it brings insight to the one known as G, whom we thank for this query.

Q’uo said it does not infringe upon others for us to think what we will, but to say that which we think is an unpolarized act unless it comes under the discipline of service to others, so as Ra was attempting to say that it is part of the exploration of who we are to think thoughts of 360 degrees of possibility, but to engage others without their request in unpolarized thoughts is not consonant with the Law of One in its service-to-others polarity, so if we attempt to live within the sixth-density understanding of total unity in a polarized third-density illusion such as we experience, there will be confusion and interruption in the progression of our polarity, so within third density our lessons have to do with how to magnify the Light by the way we think and by the way we live, but if others have not requested our opinion or our action, and we press our words or actions upon them, we are no longer respecting their free will, and we are no longer seeing them as equal to our self, but we have diminished them and have ceased respecting them. Q’uo went on to say an obvious infringement of this kind would be that of the entity who decides for one reason or another to prey sexually upon another human being, and while such a rapist may say in court things like, “She was asking for it. I was only giving her what she wanted,” in point of fact, she was not asking for it, and she had free will that was disregarded and upon which the rapist infringed, so this is a blunt-edged example of infringement on free will so that we can make our point clearly, and thoughts about making love with another are without polarity because they have not moved from the thought to the act, but acting on such a thought in a way that infringes upon another is not oriented in service to others, and it shall not aid the seeker of service to others in understanding what service to others is. In 17.30, Ra described the way that we can be of service to others:

Questioner: Well, if an entity wants to learn ways of it, wants to be of service to others rather than service to self while he is in this third density, are there best ways of being of service to others, or is any way just as good as any other way?

I am Ra. The best way to be of service to others has been explicitly covered in previous material. We will iterate briefly.

The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self. This involves self-knowledge and the ability to open the self to the other-self without hesitation. This involves, shall we say, radiating that which is the essence, or the heart, of the mind/body/spirit complex.

Speaking to the intention of your question, the best way for each seeker in third density to be of service to others is unique to that mind/body/spirit complex. This means that the mind/body/spirit complex must then seek within itself the intelligence of its own discernment as to the way it may best serve other-selves. This will be different for each. There is no best. There is no generalization. Nothing is known.

Naturally, if one decides to polarize in service to self, the whole point of such polarity is to infringe upon the free will of other people and not to respect their unity with you, but rather to deny their unity with you. However, the one known as Ra is not a teacher of those who are oriented towards service to self. Consequently, this particular excerpt from those teachings may be seen to be that which applies to those who are attempting to polarize in service to others. As we said at the beginning of this discourse, there is no knottier question than how to serve, how to polarize and how to graduate. Yet for those who are service-to-others oriented, it comes down to seeing everyone, including yourself, as a soul and relating to yourself and others at that level.

As the one known as M said earlier, it was difficult to find a way to love the unlovable entity with whom she rode together on the bus from day to day and who was obnoxious, often quarrelsome, and always unappreciative, yet when that moment came that she broke through all that kept her from seeing this entity as a soul, and assisted the entity without infringing upon his free will or disrespecting him for what he did, there was a true contact. Love was shared and felt. And the world changed, not only for the one known as M, not only for the one she helped, but also for the planetary vibration which was lightened by the Light within M. Did she own this Light? No. She only caught it coming through and directed it to the service of another. And that act is an act of profound power. There is no need to rob sixth-density understanding of its purity in order to say that in third density the lessons are profoundly polarized.

So Q’uo said if we decide to polarize in service to self, the point of such polarity is to infringe upon the free will of other people and not to respect their unity with us and to deny their unity with us, but Ra is not a teacher of those who are oriented towards service to self, so this quote from their teachings may be seen to be that which applies to those of us who are attempting to polarize in service to others, and as Q’uo said at the beginning of this conversation, there is no more difficult question than how to serve, how to polarize, and how to graduate, yet for those who are service-to-others oriented, it comes down to seeing everyone, including our self, as a soul and relating to our self and others at that level. Now Q’uo said it is difficult to find a way to love the unlovable entity with whom she rode together on the bus from day to day, and who was obnoxious and unappreciative, yet when the moment came that she broke through all that kept her from seeing this entity as a soul, and assisted the entity without infringing upon his free will, or disrespecting him for what he did, there was a true contact, and Love was shared, and the world changed, not only for M, not only for the one she helped, but also for the planetary vibration which was lightened by the Light within M, but she did not own this Light, but she caught it coming through her and directed it to the service of another, and that act is an act of profound power, so there is no need to rob sixth-density understanding of its purity in order to say that in third density where the lessons are profoundly polarized. On October 13, 2009, Q’uo shared how it is difficult to love the unlovable:

The function of this, as this instrument would say, “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining, burnishing, and honing your ability to maintain the eyes of Love which were the gift of the realization. It is said in the holy work that this instrument holds dear, that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge always is to love the unlovable and to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother or your sister, indeed, as your very self. It is often a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed robust and powerful and permanent.

We thank the one known as G for this query, and at this time would open the meeting to any questions that may remain. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: I have a question from S. What vibrational changes occur within our chakras when we cry tears of joy? Can you discuss any spiritual principles of crying in pain versus crying out of thankfulness or joy?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In general, the act of crying is the act of releasing intensity or pressure and clearing the energy body. As the one known as S has said, there are different reasons to cry. When one cries with joy, one is opening the energy body as a whole, for joy is the steady state of the creation of the one infinite Creator. Joy and bliss are the natural, default settings of the open heart. Consequently, crying tears of joy removes an over-activity of awareness, where the keenness of emotion becomes too much to bear and there is a great clearing of the entire energy body. When one cries because of anger, it clears the energy centers which are affected by that anger. There are different types of anger. Generally, there is an overcharging rather than a blockage in the chakra which the tears are clearing, so it bursts the dam of intensity within an energy center, be it red, orange or yellow, and expresses that energy.

No matter how the tears are felt and from what source they come, if they are honest, spontaneous tears we would value them all as very good for balancing the energy body and releasing overactive energies that block one energy center or another, or in some cases the entire energy body, because of over-activity. It is only when tears are used as a weapon to manipulate others that tears do not constitute a release and a balancing for the energy body. In those cases where tears are used to manipulate, in point of fact, there is an increase in the over-activity or blockage of an energy center.

S’s question was: “What vibrational changes occur within our chakras when we cry tears of joy? Can you discuss any spiritual principles of crying in pain versus crying out of thankfulness or joy?” Q’uo said the act of crying is the act of releasing pressure and clearing our energy body, and as S has said, there are different reasons to cry, and when we cry with joy, we are opening our energy body, for joy is the steady state of the creation of the one infinite Creator, so joy and bliss are the default settings of the open heart, and crying tears of joy removes an over-activity of awareness where our keenness of emotion becomes too much to bear, and there is a clearing of our energy body, but when we cry because of anger, it clears  our energy centers which are affected by anger, and there are different types of anger, so there is an overcharging rather than a blockage in our chakra which the tears are clearing, so it bursts the dam of intensity within an energy center, be it red, orange, or yellow, and expresses that energy. Q’uo went on to say no matter how the tears are felt and from what source they come, if they are honest tears they would be valued as good for balancing our energy body and releasing overactive energies that block one energy center or another, or in some cases our entire energy body because of over-activity, so it is only when tears are used as a weapon to manipulate others that tears do not constitute a release and a balancing for our energy body, and in those cases where tears are used to manipulate there is an increase in the over-activity or blockage of an energy center. On May 10, 2008, Q’uo described the nature of our energy body:

The energy exchange betwixt you and us is the energy exchange of Creator and Creator, equal to equal. The precise nature of the exchange again has to do with the individual. Each entity’s energy body is unique, and each energy body has its ways of receiving and giving energy, not in the specifically sexual sense, but in the sense of having pathways between various of the chakras that are used to working together. This is often a matter that is compounded by the long-held habits of an entity and his tendency to perceive in a certain way.

The energy exchange between spirit in general and yourself in incarnation in general is always deepened and strengthened as the seeker avails himself to the silence and practices meditation and thus becomes able to begin to perceive deeper truths about his own nature. The more deeply that it is possible for you as an entity to go in opening up and revealing your inner self in terms of opening to contact with us, the more able that we are to become one with you in a very intimate way as we collaborate together to create an instrument whereby perhaps those who seek may find good resources and information for their spiritual journey.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time?

L: I have a query, Q’uo. If one puts a great deal of work into writing a work of fiction, is it possible that they could create thoughtforms by doing this? And if that is the case, would the writer be responsible for these thoughtforms in any way?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. Whenever entities create, whether it be melodies, or patterns of movement, or characters on paper, they are indeed creating or, looked at another way, expressing thoughtforms. We use these terms almost interchangeably because there is nothing new under the sun. Each character that is created by the author, each melody that is created by the composer, each dance that is expressed by a dancer, catches that which was in the universal mind, shall we say, catches that expression…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

…of vibration which has been before and which shall be again, but which at this moment is created anew and afresh by the singer, the writer or the dancer. We are not saying that if you create an entity named John, and if you go back in literature to the Babylonian times, you will find another author that created an entity named John. We are saying that each character that you create, each melody that you shape, each rhythm that you express, expresses a certain complex of vibrations that together form a thought, and that level of vibration that creates that crystallized thought is that into which you have tapped and into which others before you have tapped and others after you shall tap.

This does not denigrate the quality of your creation or its originality. Rather, it is that in creating a thoughtform you are also adding to that vibratory thoughtform with your interpretation, your creation, your, shall we say, sum of multiplication and addition and division and re-adding and re-subtracting, so that your expression of how you got to that vibratory expression is unique. Your character is unique. The vibration behind that character shall live forever, not only by the name of your character, but by other names as well.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: Yes. I was wondering, if you create a world in a story, is there the possibility that somewhere that world actually springs into existence?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. Yes, my sister. In an infinite creation, all that you think has every possibility of coming true. That is the power of your thoughts.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: No, thank you, Q’uo.

Is there a final query before we leave this instrument? We are those of Q’uo.

[No further queries.]

We are those of Q’uo. We hear the echoes of silence indicating to us that we have exhausted the queries in this circle for this evening. We thank you for this opportunity to share our thoughts with you. We praise you for the authenticity of your seeking and your determination to know the truth. And we share with you our perception that each of you is beautiful. As we gaze at your vibrations we find our hearts full of Love for each of you. You are gallant, and you are courageous, and we are very privileged to meditate with you this evening. We leave this instrument and this group, rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the one infinite Creator. We leave you in the Creator’s Love and Light. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and used the two remaining bales of pine straw mulch to mulch two of the three gardens around the Wuthering Heights Mound in the front yard as well as the Hydrangeas in front of my home and the Azaleas on the other side of the sidewalk. Then I went inside my home and was honored to be a guest on Alex Ferari’s Next Soul Level zoom meet. Over the next hour he asked me a great deal of thoughtful questions about the Ra contact and the Law of One such as how spiritual seekers can deal with difficult situations and people, the progression of our souls after our third-density experience, the general concept of channeling, the concept of infinity, the nature of the Creator, and the best way for people to center their minds so they are not so consumed in the crazy world around us, and so many more inspiring questions.

This afternoon I drove down to Walgreen’s Drug Store and picked up two prescriptions and a bottle of hair thickener.

From A Book of Days channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 30

Seek The Light Heart

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of that perfect Love.

When souls harden their hearts by judgment they become out of balance. And if they ask for the Spirit to move within them, the Spirit will act as a gentler and softener, that the heart may become humble and balance be obtained in the life experience.

When, as with those to whom we speak this day, a soul has a heart over-soft and over-sensitive towards others, then it is that the heart is hardened towards the self and that same Spirit of Love being summoned moves into the consciousness to restore balance by enlivening and strengthening the heart to have compassion upon the self and thus to bring balance.

The Spirit speaks variously to each soul with one hope, and that is that each soul may come more and more into the knowledge and experience of the wholeness of perfect Love. Condemn not others or the self, but seek the light heart, the merry laugh, and the strong arm of the Comforter within.

May each dwell in the freedom and peace of Jesus the Christ, now and ever.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.


2025-05-29

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from February 27, 2010:

Jim: The question this evening is, “Various mystical teachings posit a ground-level, essential self which is unaffected and untouched by the wayward thoughts of the conscious mind. That being the case, we would like to know what power the thoughts of our surface mind have both to reveal and to obscure truth. Additionally, which is of greater consequence, the content and quality of our thoughts or our attachment to and identification with them?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a pleasure and a privilege indeed to be called to your group. Thank you for the honor of asking us to share our humble opinions with you. We are happy to do so and are eager to work with you on the topic requested by the one known as G. As always, however, firstly we would ask a favor of you so that we may speak to you without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythms of your seeking. We would ask you, please, to use your powers of discernment and discrimination as you listen, choosing those thoughts of ours which resonate to you and leaving the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration.

Your query this evening concerns, among other things, that which is important about the things that you think, and consequently to begin we would refer to the song you used to tune your group before the meditation. The one known as Izzy did not remember the lyrics of the tune, “Somewhere Over the Rainbow,” with a high degree of accuracy. They were not the words written by the one known as Harold. What the one known as Izzy caught was the feeling and the vibration intended by the one known as Harold when he wrote the lyrics to that song.

It is not that the thoughts that you think are not germane or important. They are. However, it is an artifact of your cultural indoctrination that you have a tendency to value the thoughts of your intellect at the expense of the thoughts of your heart which come to you in intuitions, emotions, feelings, and insights. If you stay completely within the intellect as you consider a subject, you are caught in the ceaseless round of relativity. The thoughts themselves may be bright as jewels and crafted with precision. They may have impeccable logic, and they may sound well, so that others may think well of you for having those thoughts. Yet as the one known as Paul  said, without Love, those thoughts do not ring true. They do not have the capacity to show you flashes of the Creator within.

The group question for this session was: “We would like to know what power the thoughts of our surface mind have both to reveal and to obscure truth. Additionally, which is of greater consequence, the content and quality of our thoughts or our attachment to and identification with them?” Q’uo began by saying our query this evening concerns that which is important about the things that we think, and to begin Q’uo referred to the song we used to tune our group before the meditation, and Izzy did not remember the lyrics of the tune, “Somewhere Over the Rainbow,” with a high degree of accuracy, and they were not the words written by Harold, so what Izzy caught was the feeling and the vibration intended by Harold when he wrote the lyrics to that song. Q’uo went on to say it is not that the thoughts that we think are not important, for they are, but it is an artifact of our cultural indoctrination that we have a tendency to value the thoughts of our intellect at the expense of the thoughts of our heart which come to us in intuitions and emotions, and if we stay within our intellect as we consider a subject, we are caught in the ceaseless round of relativity, and the thoughts may be bright as jewels and crafted with precision, and they may have impeccable logic, and they may sound well, so that others may think well of us for having those thoughts, yet as Paul  said, without Love, those thoughts do not ring true, and they do not have the capacity to show us flashes of the Creator within. On July 5, 1981, Hatonn said that our third density purpose is to discover the Love of Creator within all things:

My sister, we would answer you by saying that to seek the Love of the infinite Creator in each moment of your life is the greatest service and the greatest learning that can be accomplished upon your plane, for it is the lesson of this dimension to discover the Love of the Creator within all that is experienced within the self, within the life, within the family, within the community, within each activity, each experience and there is, shall we say, an infinite amount of time to discover this love.

One of the parts of this query went something like this: “Is it more valuable to attend to the quality of the content of your thoughts, or is it more valuable to be attached to your thoughts?” We cannot answer this query as it was asked, because the values of the quality of your thoughts and attachment to your thoughts are like valuing oranges versus apples. They are not the same. They cannot be compared. We were speaking of the quality of your thoughts when we discussed the intellect versus the intuition or the thoughts of the heart. The play of intellect as it flashes is a thing greatly to value. And it is good to play with that part of yourself that analyzes and uses logic and compares things to other things. It would be unusual indeed to consider that the Creator offered you this intellect and then to tell you that it is not worthy. The problem with the intellect, especially in your culture, my friends, is that you either ride it and enjoy the ride, or you are ridden by it and a slave to it. The intellect needs to be in harness with the mind of your heart, that energy within you that is stayed on Love.

You may think to yourself, “But my heart is not always stayed on love. There are many feelings that come from my heart that do not seem to be full of love. They seem to be full of grief, sorrow, anger and fear.” We can only encourage you to persist in paying attention to your feelings. And as you honor them and allow them their sway within your process, you will find that you are able to let those feelings go down into parts of you that are as the refining fire that purifies even the most dark feelings, gradually, over a period of time in your incarnation, until you are as supple and understanding with your feelings as you are with your intellectual processes. Anything benefits from honest, sincere attention. And in order to create the most supple, flexible, useful quality of thought on an ongoing basis, you yoke your feelings and your intellect together while you, having the reins, encourage them to work together.

Then Q’uo said they cannot answer this query as it was asked, because the values of the quality of our thoughts and attachment to our thoughts are like valuing oranges versus apples, and they cannot be compared, and Q’uo was speaking of the quality of our thoughts when they discussed our intellect versus our intuition or the thoughts of our heart, so the play of intellect as it functions is a thing to value, and it is good to play with that part of our self that uses logic and compares things to other things, but it would be unusual to consider that the Creator offered us this intellect and then told us that it is not worthy, so the problem with our intellect is that we either ride it and enjoy the ride, or we are ridden by it and a slave to it, so our intellect needs to be in harness with the mind of our heart, that energy within us that is stayed on Love. Then Q’uo said we may think to our self, “But my heart is not always stayed on love. There are many feelings that come from my heart that do not seem to be full of love. They seem to be full of grief, sorrow, anger, and fear.” And Q’uo encouraged us to persist in paying attention to our feelings, and honor them, and allow them their sway within our process, so then we will find that we are able to let those feelings go down into parts of us that are as the refining fire that purifies the our dark feelings over a period of time in our incarnation until we are as understanding with our feelings as we are with our intellectual processes, so anything benefits from sincere attention, and in order to create the most useful quality of thought on an ongoing basis, we yoke our feelings and our intellect together while we encourage them to work together. On May 10, 1992, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our feelings:

The writing of the love letter, as you have put it, can be effective if that letter is written in the heart’s true compassion, for, indeed, all are one, and as you search your heart for the foundation of your feelings, you open a pathway to the entity that is the focus of concern, and offer to that entity upon the metaphysical levels the gift of your love, which will, in what you call time, so move both that entity and your own entity in the daily round of activities in a manner that will allow that love which has been found at the center of one’s being to move to the more mundane and daily round of activities. There is the need, however, to be certain that the seeds are sown in true and honest compassion, thus, the need to explore one’s own heart first.

One way to get them to work together is to become silent, so that neither your intellect nor your feelings are being stimulated but you are simply being. This state, whether it is sought in a nature walk or in silent meditation in the more formal forms of meditation, or in however you wish to enter the silence, tends to reset and refresh both the intellect and the intuition, so that you may have a better and better experience with your own internal process of thought and feeling. We do not encourage you to pull hard on the reins, so that you are controlling these processes too much. A light but firm hand on the reins is that which we would recommend, so that not only do your thoughts not carry you away, but also your feelings do not carry you away. Rather, you are in the driver’s seat and able to moderate and pay attention to all that is occurring inwardly as you go.

The other part of that query, the question about being attached to your thoughts, is a question asked with a great deal of insight. And it is associated in a way to that which we were saying about not letting your thoughts or your feelings ride you, but rather having a fascinating and excellent ride with the energy of them, listening to them, focusing on that which is occurring in your mind and in your heart at any given time, with that awareness that you are that which is a witness to these properties that you enjoy as part of your incarnational experience. You are not your thoughts, nor are you your feelings. You are the entity, part of the Godhead principle, who is witnessing these thoughts and feelings and who, from these thoughts and these feelings, develops desires. And when you have identified a desire, you have the capacity to follow that desire, to set an intention concerning that desire, so that you may experience that which you desire.

Now Q’uo said one way to get them to work together is to become silent, so that neither our intellect nor our feelings are being stimulated, but we are simply being, and this state, whether it is sought in a nature walk, or in silent meditation, or in however we wish to enter the silence, tends to reset both our intellect and our intuition, so that we may have a better experience with our internal process of thought and feeling, but Q’uo does not encourage us to control these processes too much, so a light but firm hand on the reins is that which they would recommend, so that not only do our thoughts not carry us away, but our feelings do not carry us away, and we are in the driver’s seat and able to pay attention to all that is occurring inwardly as we go. Q’uo went on to say the question about being attached to our thoughts is a question asked with insight, and it is associated to that which they were saying about not letting our thoughts or our feelings ride us, but rather having an excellent ride with their energy, focusing on that which is occurring in our mind and in our heart at any time, with the awareness that we are that which is a witness to these properties that we enjoy as part of our incarnational experience, so we are not our thoughts or our feelings, but we are part of the Godhead principle, who is witnessing these thoughts and feelings and who, from these thoughts and feelings, develops desires, and when we have identified a desire, we have the capacity to follow that desire, to set an intention concerning that desire, so that we may experience that which we desire. On December 19, 2009, Q’uo described how we all are part of the Godhead principle:

The questioner suggested that perhaps the use of the ability to create changes in consciousness is to become more service-to-others oriented. And in a way, this is so. Yet, it is not broadly enough stated to be accurate. For others, as a part of the Godhead principle, you are not the knee of the Creator or the eyelash of the Creator. You are the Creator, stepped down through many dimensions of time and space. Yet you are a hologram of the Creator. How do you know the will of the Creator? By moving into the depths of yourself. For there lies the one infinite Creator, with no iota missing. You are very young and inexperienced Creators. Yet your will is the will of the Creator. Therefore, you must ask yourself what kind of Creator you wish to be. What kind of creation do you wish to create?

As you experience that which you desire, the Creator learns about Itself. Thus, all that you think and all that you feel is good in that it is grist for the mill of your witness. It is grist for the mill of your choices. It is grist for the mill of that which you learn as you follow your desires. However, to be attached either to a thought or a feeling is to allow that thought or that feeling to ride you. And since both thoughts and feelings have an energy which is not part of the most basic quality of your being, such attachment will not serve you while you are being driven by a thought or feeling, in terms of your being a witness to and a generator of the process of discovering that which you truly desire and then following the path of resonance which your attention and witnessing have created.

This brings us to the meat of this question, which is, “Is there a ground of being which does not change although things on the surface may change from moment to moment, day to day and year to year?” Yes, my friends, there is indeed a ground of being. For each of you and for all of you it is the same. The ground of being is that one great original Thought, the Logos, which has created all that there is in the seen worlds and in the unseen worlds as well. Another word for that Logos is Love. The Creator is Love. It is out of that Love that all that there is springs. You cannot be other than Love. There is no other essence within the creation. When at last you come to the essence of yourself and feel the heart of you, it is a heart full of Love. We always greet you in Love and in Light. When the Creator wished to know Itself, It formed a Logos of Its own essence. That essence is Love. In order to manifest that essence It used Light, so all that there is is Love and Light.

Q’uo went on to say as we experience that which we desire, the Creator learns about Itself, so all that we think and all that we feel is good in that it is grist for the mill of our witness and our choices for that which we learn as we follow our desires, but to be attached either to a thought or a feeling is to allow that thought or that feeling to ride us, and since both thoughts and feelings have an energy which is not part of the basic quality of our being, such attachment will not serve us while we are being driven by a thought or feeling, in terms of our being a witness to and a generator of the process of discovering that which we truly desire and then following the path of resonance which our attention and witnessing have created. Q’uo continued by saying the meat of this question, which is, “Is there a ground of being which does not change although things on the surface may change from moment to moment, day to day and year to year?” Q’uo said there is a ground of being, and for all of us it is the same because the ground of being is that one great original Thought, the Logos, which has created all that there is in the seen worlds and in the unseen worlds as well, so another word for that Logos is Love, and the Creator is Love, and it is out of that Love that all that there is springs, so we cannot be other than Love since there is no other essence within the creation, so when we come to the essence of our self and feel our heart, it is a heart full of Love, and Q’uo always greets us in Love and in Light, so when the Creator wished to know Itself, It formed a Logos of Its own essence, and that essence is Love, and in order to manifest that essence It used Light, so all that there is is Love and Light. On April 19, 1992, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the ground of being:

Again, to the best of our knowledge and the knowledge of those who serve as teachers to us, this is so, for all entities gain from experience and produce a seed, shall we say, of knowledge, and when all such seeds have reached the final ground of being in reunifying with the one Creator, there they are planted to grow again into another creation that stands, shall we say, upon the shoulders of preceding creation and the one Creator harvests in a cyclical fashion those experiences from all of its portions and utilizes them in a learning fashion so that each succeeding creation becomes enhanced by all that which has gone before.

Now, if you have a common ground of being, why can you not feel this ground of being? Why is it so obvious that each of you is an individual, not the same as anyone else, even your very closest friend, your mate, or your child? My friends, were you to experience yourself as just like each other, there would be no point in the manifested worlds. Admittedly, the manifested worlds are all illusory, in that they are not the one infinite Creator. They are sparks of the one infinite Creator which have been sent out to learn more about who the Creator is. So, the very stuff of both your intellect and your feelings is illusory. And as you progress through the densities, you never escape illusion. You simply use the illusions of each density to learn more about who you really are and how that out-pictures itself in your experience.

There is a kind of indignation one might feel, and as we have gone through our own development, we certainly have felt it. Why must there be such a deep illusion? Why can we not simply know that we are Love and all other selves are Love? Yet, were we to know our true identity, what would there be to learn that was new? Consequently, you may see yourself as an explorer moving through the very winding and sometimes adventurous paths of your incarnation, gathering information with your mind and with your heart and seeking for the essence of yourself through paying attention to your desires and following them.

Q’uo continued by saying if we have a common ground of being, why can we not feel this ground of being, and why is it so obvious that each of us is an individual, not the same as anyone else, even our closest friend, our mate, or our child? Q’uo said were we to experience our self as just like each other, there would be no point in the manifested worlds, and the manifested worlds are all illusory, in that they are not the one infinite Creator, but they are sparks of the one infinite Creator which have been sent out to learn more about who the Creator is, so the nature of both our intellect and our feelings is illusory, and as we progress through the densities, we never escape illusion, but we use the illusions of each density to learn more about who we really are, and how that reveals itself in our experience. Then Q’uo said there is indignation they might feel, and as Q’uo has gone through their own development, they have felt it, but why must there be a deep illusion, and why can they know that they are Love and all other selves are Love? Yet if they were to know their true identity, what would there be to learn that was new? So Q’uo said we may see our self as an explorer moving through the adventurous paths of our incarnation, gathering information with our mind and with our heart and seeking for the essence of our self through paying attention to our desires and following them. On February 26, 1989, Q’uo spoke about the essence of ourself:

Let us gaze at the word “essence.” That which is an essence is not that which meets the eye. It is not that which is usually particularly easy to determine from inter-group acquaintance with an individual among your peoples, for part of your illusion is the veil which has been dropped between the conscious and unconscious mind, for by rendering your inborn capacity to communicate by concept and thought useless, you are forced to communicate with words and point, thus, constantly away from the essence of your self, which lies far too deep for words.

Now, how may you use your thoughts and your feelings to come to this ground of being, this essence of self? That is the question that is most interesting to ask. For thoughts skitter like water bugs across the surface of your consciousness. Feelings erupt seemingly aimlessly. It is a very picture of chaos, at least in some moods it may seem that this is so. Yet one must begin with the surface. One opens one’s eyes as an infant to see bright, loud chaos. Voices are indistinguishable. Things are happening that are meaningless. And from that beginning in infanthood, you come gradually to organize your world. You identify mother, father, the one who feeds, the one who nurtures. You recognize kind voices, and you begin to make preferences: “I love this person, I love this food, I love to have my diaper changed, I love to be held.”

And so you, a being made of Love, begin to give your Love and to receive Love. And this is the meaning of your incarnation, the reason you are here: to give Love, to receive Love, to share being the one infinite Creator with each other, and to rest as a being of Love in the arms of Love. And then to go forth again and to have adventures in which you find Love, and find where there is not Love. And in those places where there is not Love, you find that you may yearn to give those places your Love. And so, you reach out to be of service to others. And as you reach out you find that you receive ten-fold, a hundred-fold, a thousand-fold, of the Love that you give. And if all is calm and rhythmic in this particular season of your life, you may begin to feel that wonderful feeling of being part of all that there is, this breathing universe which breaths out Love and breaths in Love. And so, you begin to shine and to be a Light. And even when you are sorrowful, even when part of you is lost in the thickets of intellectual thought, yet fundamentally you remember that you are creatures of Love.

So Q’uo asked how may we use our thoughts and our feelings to come to this ground of being, this essence of  our self, and that question is interesting to ask, for thoughts skitter like water bugs across the surface of our consciousness, and feelings erupt aimlessly, and it is  the picture of chaos, yet we must begin with the surface, so as we open our eyes as an infant to see bright chaos voices are indistinguishable, and things are happening that are meaningless, so from that beginning in infanthood, we come to organize our world, and we identify mother, father, the one who nurtures, and we recognize kind voices, and we begin to make preferences: “I love this person, I love this food, I love to have my diaper changed, I love to be held.” Q’uo continued by saying as a being made of Love, we begin to give our Love and to receive Love, and this is the meaning of our incarnation, the reason we are here: to give Love, to receive Love, to share being the one infinite Creator with each other, and to rest as a being of Love in the arms of Love, and then we go forth again to have adventures in which we find Love, and in those places where there is not Love, we find that we may give those places our Love, so we reach out to be of service to others, and as we reach out we find that we receive ten-fold and a thousand-fold of the Love that we gave, so if all is calm and rhythmic in this season of our life, we may begin to feel that wonderful feeling of being part of all that there is, this breathing universe which breathes out Love and breathes in Love, and we begin to shine and to be a Light, and even when we are sorrowful and lost in intellectual thought, yet we remember that we are creatures of Love. On April 17, 2005, Q’uo reminded us that we are creatures of Love:

When these waves of energy hit you, it will feel to you as if all things are resisting and are failing. We ask you to know that this is baffled and confused energy that does not tell you the truth, for you are succeeding. You are thriving. You are growing. And in that growth, things must fall away so that new things can emerge. We can only say to you: let it flow through you, let it fall away as it will; cling not and do not reach, but be. And allow the energies that are yours to come to you. Your desire is honed; your focus is becoming more and more clear. Trust yourself. Trust the system of guidance that surrounds you. Trust the Earth beneath your feet which is learning little by little to trust you. You are becoming creatures of Love involved in a loving environment, and from the earth to the sky, from the East to the West, and the North to the South, your planet is coming alive with Love. Can you hear it in the politics of the day? Only if you listen carefully and with selective ears. Know then that this which is unseen has a power, and that you are part of the web of Love. Open yourself, therefore, to those energies of Love that are awakening within you, more and more.

The intellect alone will not give you this. Your feelings alone will not give you this. But they are the place where you begin to explore your universe—not the outer universe as much as the inner universe. And although you may be in a desert at this time, you will find, as you move through the rhythms of desert and aridity, thirst, and hunger, that they naturally call forth the oasis of Love. Follow the path of resonance in your mind and in your heart. Those paths will lead you to choice after choice where you may be either forgiving or judgmental, where you may either Love or fear. And each time that you choose compassion, forgiveness and Love, you move closer to the heart of who you are, closer to that ground of being which is the Creator.

Within you, my friends, there is a sea, an ocean, of Love. When you swim on the surface of that ocean you may find the waters turbulent. And so it is that each seeker eventually awakens to the awareness that that which the environment, the culture, has given is not a satisfying reality. It does not speak. It does not resonate any longer. It must be escaped or seen through, shall we say. And you awaken to the knowledge that there is more. You want to explore that unknown, that mystery for which you yearn with all your heart. Each of you sets out on a journey from chaos to serenity; from fear to Love; from being taken to becoming a person of choice. You are the Creator, my friends. How shall you choose your creation to be?

Q’uo said our intellect alone will not give us this, nor will our feelings alone give us this, but they are the place where we begin to explore our universe—not the outer universe as much as our inner universe, and we may be in a desert at this time, and we will find, as we move through the rhythms of desert and dryness, thirst, and hunger, that they naturally call forth the oasis of Love, so we must follow the path of resonance in our mind and in our heart because those paths will lead us to choice after choice which may be either forgiving or judgmental, where we may either Love or fear, and each time that we choose forgiveness and Love, we move closer to the heart of who we are, which is the Creator. Then Q’uo said within us there is an ocean of Love, and when we swim on the surface of that ocean we may find the waters turbulent, and so it is that each seeker eventually awakens to the awareness of that which the culture has given us is not a satisfying reality since it does not resonate any longer, so it must be seen through, and we awaken to the knowledge that there is more, so we want to explore that mystery for which we yearn with all our heart, so each of us sets out on a journey from chaos to serenity; from fear to Love; and we are the Creator, and we shall choose how our creation will be. On April 15, 1984, Q’uo spoke of how we are all a part of the ocean of Love:

Let us dwell now upon this joy, for we would wish that you would feel more fully that which you wish to give. We wish to take you with us into etherean heights in which colors dazzle and light sings with joy. Your spirits are as beautiful as gems, and they are all worthy to be lifted up into the Light, the all-pervading, limitless Light that makes all One. Where can you go that Light is not when you are in meditation and you have asked to see that which is? Nowhere, my friends, is there a lack of any kind. Nowhere is there darkness or shadow. Let your hearts rest upon the gentle current of the ocean of Love. Let your weariness fade away as you bask in the one original Thought. Yes, you must come back, and yes, your memory will be imperfect, and your expression will not accurately reflect the totality of your understanding. The illusion is too often too heavy for you to be able to remember. And so, you must go back and yet again back, and if you cannot remember, again. Persist and the word is a knowledge that has no words, a joy that has no bounds, and an expression that is limitless.

You did not come here to rest forever in that ocean of Love. You came to dance on the shore, to be part of the rhythm of this vast illusion and to interact with all that there is. You came to joy at the moon and the sun. You came to speak to trees and to find your totems, as this instrument would say, those essences that are represented by birds and animals. You came to be a creature of fire and earth, air and water. You came to experience and bear witness and dance. Part of that dance is to move, at times of remembrance, back to the ground of being, back to Love, and to let yourself swim in the ocean of bliss, peace, power, and Love. May you swim like otters, my friends! May you Love. And may you accept the Love from those about you. For this, too, is part of Love, not simply to serve others, but to let them serve you.

All together, you create the wonderfully textured, infinitely various creation of Love that teaches the Creator more and more about Itself as you come to those moments where suddenly a new pattern emerges, a new clarity dawns. Is that the intellect? Is that the world of feeling? It is both. And when they combine you shall always be on the trembling verge of “Aha.” Wait for it. It shall come. And then your journey shall start a whole other section of your lessons on Planet Earth. And as you shine, as you learn, so that Light shall spread to those whose time it is now to wake up; whose time it is now to begin the journey of conscious seeking.

Q’uo went on to say we did not come here to rest forever in that ocean of Love, but we came to dance on the shore, to be part of the rhythm of this illusion, and to interact with all that there is, and to send joy to the moon and the sun, and we came to speak to trees and to find our totems and those essences that are represented by birds and animals, and we came to be a creature of fire, earth, air, and water, and we came to dance and to move into remembrance back to Love, and to let our self swim in the ocean of peace, power, and Love, and may we Love and accept the Love from those about us, for this is part of Love, not simply to serve others, but to let them serve us. Then Q’uo said we create the infinitely various creation of Love that teaches the Creator more about Itself as we come to those moments where a new pattern emerges which is our intellect and our feelings, and when they combine we shall be on the trembling verge of “Aha,” and then our journey shall start another section of our lessons on Earth, and as we learn, so that Light shall spread to those whose time it is now to wake up, whose time it is to begin the journey of conscious seeking. On August 22, 2004, Q’uo spoke of how it feels when we first wake up to our spiritual journey:

You see, when entities begin to wake up to their spiritual nature, they are perfectly capable of grasping the ideas because the ideas which concern spiritual evolution are fairly simple. It has often been called the universal wisdom, or the eternal wisdom. What we have to say, and indeed what each has to say this day has been said before and will be said again and yet, because of the nature of Spirit, it must be said in the present moment as a spark that can ignite or as a germ that can infect.

Perhaps that is what we would say to you: each of you is a carrier of unconditional Love. As one person becomes enlightened, awakened, and energized by the Spirit, unconditional Love pours through. Yet it cannot be held for long periods of time, at first. The tuning slips; the energy is exhausted; and rest must be taken. You are here to deepen your own spiritual density, to find those resources that work for you as you assume the discipline of your own personality and begin to learn how to persist in patience, in good humor, and in peace and compassion for yourself as a bozo and a mistake-maker of the first order. All of us, all of you, every iota of the creation of the Father, makes mistakes. If we did not have distortion, we would be resting in the allness of the creative principle. We would not be working our way back to the Source. You are between alpha and omega, and you are here to learn how to accelerate your pace of evolution. Each entity whom you meet this day is your teacher. Each eye that you look into is the eye of the Creator. You live in a hall of mirrors, and these mirrors are wonderfully clear. Come, meet yourself here.

We thank the one known as G for his query and would ask if there is any desire within this group to follow up on this query before we move to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and find there is no desire to go further with this query this evening, so we would open this session of seeking to other questions. Does anyone have a question at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a question, Q’uo. If people graduate from third density and then, in their next incarnations, incarnate in fourth density, would they incarnate in fully grown bodies, or would they still reincarnate as infants and grow from there?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. The methods of procreation and children being born as infants and being raised does extend through fourth density, my sister. However, the vehicles involved are no longer chemical distilleries, but are what you would think of as electrical bodies.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Yes. I was also wondering, if a wanderer has incarnated on Earth, is there a possibility that they could have a body already in that density that they would return to if they return to that density?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. My sister, in an infinite universe anything is possible. However, it is generally so that this would not be possible, because of the fact that there is a silver cord that attaches one’s electrical body to one’s physical body. When that so-called silver cord is severed at physical death, the physical body becomes unviable. However, there are those who, wishing to aid in a certain situation, find that a key player, shall we say, in a certain situation wishes to depart the incarnation but does not wish to commit suicide.

They then can create a contract and take over the life of that entity, this phenomenon being known to this instrument as that of the walk-in. When this occurs, and it is greatly rare, the responsibility for continuing on with that incarnation according to, shall we say the “game plan” that has been set by the native to that vehicle is then the responsibility of the walk-in to carry out. This has, in some cases, resulted in a very happy outcome.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Questioner: No, thank you.

We thank you, my sister. We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time.

S: I have a question, Q’uo. If a seeker has a desire to seek beyond the veil, to pierce the illusion of third density, by an out-of-body experience for example, can you comment on how such an experience would affect the growth opportunity that we’re given in third density? By having such an experience it seems as though it could give fuel to the seeking or help energize and validate the seeking. But it seems as though it’s counterintuitive to the whole concept of the veil and the opportunity that we have as a result of being veiled.

We thank the one known as S for his query. We believe that we grasp this query.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

We believe we understand the query of the one known as S. We would say that there is great insight in this question, in that it is indeed counterintuitive from the standpoint of the purest practice, shall we say, to attempt to experience phenomena in order to validate inner faith. Indeed, the purest path is that of faith and does not require validating by other phenomena in order to create the impetus for the movement of spirit. The use of the out-of-body experience is primarily to open to the intellect to one who has been taught that the path of spirit is not valid; that there is a great deal more to the self than that self that plods through the incarnation, as the one known as S and the one known as Jim were speaking earlier, doing the job and fulfilling the duties of the incarnation.

Various phenomena such as the out-of-body experience and the experience with the use of drugs, as this instrument would call these substances that alter consciousness in ways that cannot be denied by the self, are ways of breaking through that stubborn denial that there is more. Sometimes, this experience is salutary in that it does succeed in breaking that skin, that meniscus, that is not seen but is there, that keeps the spirit from its freedom to explore, to learn, to evaluate, to have a process that is not locked within the boundaries of dogma or cultural belief. In terms of the power of the self and finding the springs of that power, it is useful, then, to come back to the center of that awareness that there is more, and to proceed from that assumption by faith alone and by attention to every moment that passes. For to one who is attentive to the present moment, the tiniest and most humble action can be extremely resonant.

S’s question was: “If a seeker has a desire to seek beyond the veil, to pierce the illusion of third density, by an out-of-body experience for example, can you comment on how such an experience would affect the growth opportunity that we’re given in third density?” Q’uo began by saying there is great insight in this question in that it is counterintuitive from the standpoint of the purest practice to attempt to experience phenomena in order to validate inner faith, so the purest path is that of faith, and does not require validating by other phenomena in order to create the need for the movement of spirit, and the use of the out-of-body experience is to open to the intellect to one who has been taught that the path of spirit is not valid, and that there is more to the self than that self that plods through the incarnation doing the job and fulfilling the duties of the incarnation. Then Q’uo said various phenomena such as the out-of-body experience and the experience with the use of drugs, that alter consciousness in ways that cannot be denied by the self, are ways of breaking through that denial that there is more, so this experience is beneficial in that succeeds in breaking that skin that is not seen but is there, that keeps the spirit from its freedom to explore and to have a process that is not locked within the boundaries of cultural belief, and in terms of the power of the self and finding the springs of that power, it is useful to come back to the center of that awareness that there is more, and to proceed from that assumption by faith alone and by attention to every moment that passes, for to one who is attentive to the present moment, the tiniest action can be resonant. On January 9, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of the present moment:

We would only say to you that to balance the intensive dedication of each of you to manifesting, it is a good idea to spend a significant amount of your time becoming aware of the present moment, relaxing all tension or worry, and simply spending time knowing that all is well, and that all will be well. Lighten up and find the light touch, the laughter, the bliss, and the joy that are only available when you are focusing on the present moment. Have fun with this, my friends, just as we are having the time of our lives working with you.

There are ways to work with faith that do not involve phenomena. The practice of counting your blessings, for instance, is a humble thing which is taught to children as they say their bedtime prayers. However, especially in times of seeming aridity of spirit, when one begins to count one’s blessings, one discovers that one’s tuning, one’s vibration, is materially and substantially changed. Names of power aid in changing vibration and in opening the energy that is caught. We do not know what your name of power is, but it is that name by which you know Love. You are not calling upon that name, as you use that name, in order to change your vibration. You are stating where you are, metaphysically speaking, upon what ground your feet stand as you seek Love. This instrument, for instance, often offers a very short prayer, a one-word prayer, and that prayer is, “Jesus.” And when she utters this word within herself, she feels her vibration alter because she has remembered who she is and Whose she is.

Now, there are worldly uses for that practice which is the out-of-body experience, and there are those within your governments who use this ability to gather intelligence. Thusly, you may see that the trick of using phenomena is in retaining the polarity that you wish to retain, while experiencing that phenomena of which you may be curious.

Then Q’uo said there are ways to work with faith that do not involve phenomena such as the practice of counting your blessings which is taught to children as they say their bedtime prayers, but in times of seeming dryness of spirit, when one begins to count one’s blessings, one discovers that one’s vibration is substantially changed, so names of power aid in changing vibration and in opening the energy that is caught, but we do not know what your name of power is, but it is that name by which you know Love, and you are not calling upon that name, as you use that name, in order to change your vibration because you are stating where you are, metaphysically speaking, and upon what ground your feet stand as you seek Love, and Carla offers a one-word prayer which is, “Jesus,” and when she speaks this word within herself, she feels her vibration alter because she has remembered who she is and Whose she is. Now Q’uo said there are worldly uses for the out-of-body experience, and there are those within your governments who use this ability to gather intelligence, so you may see that the trick of using phenomena is in retaining the polarity that you wish to retain, while experiencing that phenomena of which you may be curious. On August 28, 1983, Q’uo described the nature of an out-of-body experience:

The experience of which you speak is one which contains elements of what you have described as an out-of-body experience, yet there are many such experiences that fall under this general heading. The salient feature of such an experience is not necessarily whether it occurred, either in or out of this or that body, yet is the vividness of the experience, and its impact upon your perception. Such experiences have many purposes, as many as there are entities who have such experiences. In general, we may suggest that this experience occurred at a time which you were ripe for it to occur in that you were seeking the nature in a deeper sense of your own being and of the illusion which you inhabit. When an entity experiences certain difficulties within an illusion, it is often helpful for that entity to touch home base, shall we say, and be re-energized by the truer nature of that reality, and that energizing might strengthen those channels from the conscious to the unconscious mind and allow further experience.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

S: No, thank you so much.

We thank you, my brother. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo and have discovered through this instrument’s admittedly dim ears a resounding silence! Consequently, we may assume that those queries that this group has have been exhausted for the moment. We assure you they will spring again anew very shortly, and we hope that we shall be with you as you further explore that which you wish to know.

My friends, it has been a great pleasure to be with you, to behold the beauty of each of you and to see the Light that you have gathered in this group. It is as a dome that extends far above your dwelling place. We thank you for creating this lighthouse. We leave you now in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the Love and in the Light of the infinite Creator that is within you, around you, and that is all that there is. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

This morning I weeded the Morning Glory garden in the center of the Cross in the back yard. Then I drove to Thieneman’s Nursery and bought a flat of Begonias to plant in the two small gardens behind the fishpond.

This afternoon I finished spreading pine straw mulch over the last of the four quadrants of the Cross in the back yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 29

Use The Light Of Christ

I am of that principle known to you as the consciousness of Jesus the Christ and I greet you in full and divine Love.

This morning, as we sit with you in meditation, we who comfort urge you to feel the Love of Christ and the Light of Christ as it is with you at this moment.

Know that the Light of Christ moving through your eyes shall enable them truly to see.

Know that through the perfect Light of Jesus the Christ your ear may be made truly to hear.

Know that as the divine Light of the Spirit of Christ plays through your mind, disturbances shall be blessed by the addition of Light. And the fire of divine love shall burn out the brush fires of petty emotion.

Visualize, acknowledge, and use the Light of Christ when you open your mouth; when you extend your hand; when you learn and when you teach. For the Light of Christ renews all things.

And each thing that is renewed, in turn may then recreate that which seems, in this Light, to be able to become more blessed and more whole, more at balance and more at peace.

May the Light, the Love, the joy and the peace of Jesus Christ be with you now and evermore. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.


2025-05-28

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from December 26, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening has to do with emotions. We recognize love and fear as being polar opposites and we’re wondering if all the other emotions, such as jealousy, anger, doubt, greed, gluttony, and so forth are some sort of a mixture of fear with love and if there is positive use that we can make of these supposedly negative emotions. Is there some benefit we can get from working with these emotions? What spiritual principles can we use to look at the various emotions that we come across in our daily lives?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking this evening. It is a privilege to be called, and we are most happy to share our thoughts with you on the subject of emotions, love and fear. As always, however, before we begin we would ask of each of you who hears or reads these words that you use your powers of discrimination and discernment in choosing which thoughts of ours you might wish to use as resources for your spiritual journey. We would ask that you follow the path of resonance. And if ideas do not resonate to you then please leave them behind without a second thought. We would not wish to be a stumbling block to you but only a resource. We thank you for this consideration.

Youasked this evening concerning emotions. We find that among your people, emotions are often unappreciated and dishonored by those who would wish to live a spiritually oriented life. From our perspective, however, the emotions that you feel are gifts of enormous worth. Whereas the mind moves from thought to thought, generally governed by logic and the intellect. The heart moves from emotion to emotion, generally with no intellectual component whatsoever. For emotions are those gifts of the heart that stem from the very depths and roots of your consciousness. Thusly, when you are attempting to think about emotions, you are attempting to think about that which has its reality in time/space, for emotions come from your consciousness rather than your intellect or mentality. Each person has a different and unique mentality and personality. However, as members of the tribe of humankind on your planet in third density, you share one consciousness. Your jealousy and another’s jealousy have the same energy. Your love and another’s love of a certain frequency has the same energy. It is emotions rather than thoughts which unite your people.

Now, in the roots of consciousness which this instrument calls the archetypal mind, the emotions can be mapped, much as the waterways of your continent can be mapped. There are rivers of emotions of various kinds, both those emotions you would call positive, such as joy, bliss, and happiness, and emotions you would call negative, such as greed, gluttony, and lust. Yet each emotion flows from its most distorted or extreme manifestation, through a succession of removals of distortion, until at last they all empty into the ocean that you would call the Logos or unconditional Love or bliss.

The group question for this session was: “We recognize love and fear as being polar opposites and we’re wondering if all the other emotions, such as jealousy, anger, doubt, greed, gluttony, and so forth are some sort of a mixture of fear with love and if there is positive use that we can make of these supposedly negative emotions. Is there some benefit we can get from working with these emotions? What spiritual principles can we use to look at the various emotions that we come across in our daily lives?” Q’uo asked this evening concerning emotions, and they found that among our people emotions are unappreciated by those of us who would wish to live a spiritually oriented life, and the emotions that we feel are gifts of worth, so our mind moves from thought to thought by our intellect, and our heart moves from emotion to emotion, with no intellectual component, for emotions are those gifts of our heart that stem from the depths of our consciousness, so when we are attempting to think about emotions, we are attempting to think about that which has its reality in time/space, for emotions come from our consciousness rather than our intellect, and each person has a unique mentality and personality, but as members of the tribe of humankind on our planet in third density, we share one consciousness, so our jealousy and another’s jealousy have the same energy, and our love and another’s love of a certain frequency has the same energy, so it is emotions rather than thoughts which unite our people. Q’uo went on to say in the roots of consciousness which Carla calls the archetypal mind, our emotions can be mapped, much as the waterways of our continent can be mapped, and there are rivers of emotions of various kinds, both those emotions we would call positive, such as joy and happiness, and emotions we would call negative, such as greed and lust, yet each emotion flows from its most extreme manifestation, through a succession of removals of distortion, until at last they all empty into the ocean that we would call the Logos or unconditional Love. On May 24, 2008, Q’uo described the various layers and value of our emotions:

The emotions are often given far less respect than they deserve, and this is because they are not seen for the deep, running rivers that they are, but rather are seen as somewhat troublesome hindrances to a calm and orderly life.

We would use the analogy of cooking here and compare the way most entities allow their emotions to run to “fast food.” It is easy to get, it is easily eaten, and there is not much nourishment in the food. And so, it is with surface emotions. Like rain on hardpan, it is difficult for the emotions to offer any good information or go anywhere. They just hit the consciousness and bounce off and, indeed, do seem quite excessive sometimes.

However, if a chef with great love for the food takes the same ingredients that are in fast food and prepares them carefully and with love, those same ingredients yield much more nourishment. And so, it is with emotions. Surface emotions are usually quite impure. However, when one can abide with one’s feelings and observe them as though they were guests coming to tea, offering them hospitality and courtesy, sitting with them and listening to them, then the emotions have found respect and honor. And this allows them to go deeper, interconnecting the surface self with the deepest part of the roots of consciousness. For this is what emotions eventually become if they are allowed to go through the process of purification.

There is a beauty to each emotion when it has been purified, and it is pure feeling with no distortion. Thus, we would say that instead of looking at emotions as something to work around, the one who seeks clarity needs to spend time honoring the emotions that seem so inconvenient and excessive. Physically taking the time to process emotions is very helpful. Emotions call to you and when you can answer by sitting with these guests that are speaking to you in certain colors, then those colors gradually lose the muddy characteristics of surface emotions and become more and more clear.

This instrument has been attempting to define emotions along some sort of a yardstick or ruler attempting to measure emotions by the ratio of love to fear, this instrument having posited that love and fear are the fundamental opposites of emotion. And we would suggest that while there is an element of truth in this thought, that it attempts to corral and compress the 360 degrees of emotions into a two-dimensional, straight line. This attempt in itself is a distortion of the model, shall we say, which we might suggest to be more useful for thinking about emotions.

In some ways, emotions can be perceived in terms of complementary colors. Those who wish to decorate their walls, for instance, will find a color wheel in which complementary colors are shown. And various contrasts are seen that are dynamic opposites. We find this wheel of color concept to be of use in talking about emotions. However, it is not correct, in our humble opinion, to attempt to attach significance to the colors of emotions in that, for instance, it is said that someone is feeling “blue,” and there may well be a relationship betwixt that color or feeling which is blueness and that emotion. However, it is not valid to link “feeling blue” to the blue ray or the blue energy center, any more than a person who is “yellow” is operating from the yellow ray, or a person who is “green with envy” is operating from the heart chakra. In this sense there is no connection betwixt color and the emotions. They cannot be attached to any one chakra or ray.

Then Q’uo said Carla has been attempting to define emotions along some sort of a ruler attempting to measure emotions by the ratio of love to fear, feeling that love and fear are the fundamental opposites of emotion, and Q’uo suggested that while there is an element of truth in this thought, that it attempts to compress the 360 degrees of emotions into a two-dimensional straight line, but this attempt is a distortion of the model which might be more useful for thinking about emotions. Q’uo went on to say in some ways, emotions can be perceived in terms of complementary colors, and those who wish to decorate their walls will find a color wheel in which complementary colors are shown, and various contrasts are seen that are dynamic opposites, so Q’uo found this wheel of color concept to be of use in talking about emotions, but it is not correct, in their opinion, to attempt to attach significance to the colors of emotions in that it is said that someone is feeling “blue,” and there may well be a relationship between that feeling which is blueness and that emotion, but it is not valid to link “feeling blue” to the blue energy center, any more than a person who is “yellow” is operating from the yellow ray, or a person who is “green with envy” is operating from the heart chakra because in this sense there is no connection between color and emotions, and they cannot be attached to any one chakra. On August 10, 1980, Latwii spoke of the colors of our emotions:

The emotions, my friends, we must only give a profound but simple bow to, for they are the purest thing in your density. Attempt, then, not to have mixed emotions but to have each emotion in turn purely and beautifully, little by little, extinguishing the fires that burn out of control in anger and negativity, little by little discovering the beautiful rainbow of colors of emotions that are positive.

It is, however, a useful exercise when thinking about emotions to think of complementary colors and the track along which a certain kind of emotion might fall, so that one might begin to develop a wheel of emotions. One way to look at emotions is to see where the love is in the emotion. For instance, if one considers the emotion of jealousy, the emotion of love is clearly seen, in that the object which has inspired one’s jealousy is greatly loved. Therefore, the jealousy has love at its heart, yet it is tinged by the fear of the loss of that love. Therefore the energy of the love becomes quite different from the original free and easy feeling of love. We would suggest that there are complementary emotions, so that one may take radii out from the center of the wheel of emotions which is unconditional Love, that Love which this instrument would say is Christlike or which carries Christ Consciousness. From that original Love or that sea of bliss in the archetypal mind there spring forth the natural rays all around the 360 degrees of personhood.

Another way to evaluate emotions is to look at the faculty of will, desire, or expectation. The clearest way to approach emotion, living day-to-day, would be to remain transparent and unattached to the outcome of one’s objects of desire, or will, or one’s expectations. However, it is precisely the inability of the individual within incarnation to remain unattached to outcomes which creates the bulk of distorted emotional reactions. Thusly, if one loved another purely and without attachment of any kind, and that object of love chose to move into relationship with another self beside the self, in the unattached entity this would be only a source of joy, knowing that the other self that is so beloved was doing something that he or she enjoyed. However, it is seldom that entities are unattached in this way. If one looks at the meat of the spiritual life, it is clear that it is a blessing that the entity within incarnation is attached to outcomes and has distortions, and expectations, and desires, because these elements create the potential for feeling emotions and engaging consciousness in new and different ways.

Now Q’uo said it is a useful exercise when thinking about emotions to think of complementary colors and the track along which a certain kind of emotion might fall, so we might begin to develop a wheel of emotions, and one way to look at emotions is to see where the love is in the emotion, for if we consider the emotion of jealousy, the emotion of love is clearly seen in that the object which has inspired our jealousy is greatly loved, so the jealousy has love at its heart, yet it is tinged by the fear of the loss of that love, so the energy of love becomes different from the original free feeling of love, so Q’uo suggested that there are complementary emotions, so that we may take a line out from the center of the wheel of emotions which is unconditional Love, that Love which Carla would say is Christlike, and from that original Love there springs forth the natural rays all around the 360 degrees of personhood. Then Q’uo said another way to evaluate emotions is to look at the faculty of will, and the clearest way to approach emotion would be to remain unattached to the outcome of our objects of will, but it is our inability to remain unattached to outcomes which creates the bulk of our distorted emotional reactions, so if we loved another without attachment of any kind, and that object of love chose to move into relationship with another self, this would be only a source of joy for us, knowing that the other self that is so beloved was doing something that he or she enjoyed, but it is seldom that we are unattached in this way, so if we look at the meat of our spiritual life, it is clear that it is a blessing that within incarnation we have distortions and desires because these elements create the potential for feeling emotions and engaging consciousness in new ways. On April 1, 2001, Q’uo advised us to be able to love without attachment:

Realize in a very deep way that the job of the self is to give and receive love. The work of receiving love is done when it is perceived as being offered. The work of loving is endless, for it does not take the agreement of another person to love that person. All beings may be loved without infringement of free will. So we encourage each to work on loving without expectation of return, without attachment to the outcome of a letter or a telephone call or any other communication, but loving into the void, into the abyss, that is a life lived in faith.

Another element which is important to consider when looking at emotions is that faculty which you call judgment. The seeker who feels surface emotions tends to be non-judgmental if the emotions seem positive but quite judgmental if one’s own emotions seem to be from the shadow side of the self and express the darkness within. Now, if one were looking at a color wheel one would not judge the dark colors as inferior to the lighter colors but would see that all the range of colors would be needed to create all pleasing harmony within one’s color scheme. One would not shun the use of the notes of brown and gray and black and navy blue, for instance, as opposed to the pastels and the lighter colors in their earth tones such as the light tan, the light gray, and so forth. All of these colors equally are valued in building an environment which is pleasing to you personally.

As the spiritual seeker becomes more mature, each experience is another opportunity to work with a surface emotion and to refine or purify that emotion by offering it up as a spontaneous and pure feeling, without judgment, without asking the self to be one who feels only the positive emotions. Each emotion starts out, in the immature entity, as that which is confused and chaotic and has a high degree of static or noise as opposed to signal. Consequently, as a spiritual seeker, each time an emotion arises you are working to feel it without shrinking from it or reaching towards it, the goal being not to do anything with the emotion except to allow it to sink into the consciousness of the present moment. As you give respect and honor to surface emotions you allow them the spaciousness to begin to filter down past the first levels of impulsivity and self-judgment. And as you allow yourself the space and the time for this emotion to tell its story to you, you are sinking into the roots of your own consciousness and beginning to be able to feel each emotion as a more distinct, pure and clarified color, shall we say.

Q’uo went on to say another element which is important to consider when looking at emotions is that faculty called judgment, so the seeker who feels surface emotions tends to be non-judgmental if the emotions seem positive but quite judgmental if our emotions seem to be from the shadow side of our self and express the darkness within, and if we were looking at a color wheel we would not judge the dark colors as inferior to the lighter colors, and we would see that the range of colors would be needed to create all pleasing harmony within our color scheme, but we would not shun the use of the notes of brown and gray as opposed to the lighter colors in their earth tones such as light tan and light gray because all of these colors equally are valued in building an environment which is pleasing to us. Q’uo continued by saying as a spiritual seeker, each time an emotion arises we are working to feel it without reacting to it, and our goal is not to do anything with the emotion except to allow it to sink into the consciousness of the present moment, and as we give respect to surface emotions we allow them the spaciousness to begin to filter down past the first levels of self-judgment, and as we allow our self the space and the time for this emotion to tell its story to us, we are sinking into the roots of our consciousness and beginning to be able to feel each emotion as a pure color. On December 25, 2010, Q’uo described the problem self-judgement causes for us:

Energy expenditure, especially when it is devoted to the energies of self-judgment, self-criticism and a lack of self-forgiveness, are energies that are unwisely spent. Once those energies are dedicated to self-judgment and related energies, those energies are no longer free to be used for love’s service. Consequently, although it may seem difficult to do at first, we encourage you at all times to come from a place of being self-forgiven, in full knowledge of your worth and with no tendency towards self-criticism.

It is possible, indeed probable, that some sort of ongoing contemplation of the archetypal mind may help the seeker to evaluate and think about the experiences of emotion that he has. Within the glyph of the Tree of Life, for instance, there are various emotions that are linked to the middle pillar, the feminine pillar, and the masculine pillar. It might be interesting to contemplate where the emotions that you experience day-by-day might fit on that Tree of Life glyph. Similarly, if one has a bent towards astrology, the ins and outs of the various signs and houses are to some a real aid and resource when working with understanding one’s emotions.

Lastly, as this particular group has done in the past, there is the possibility of gazing at the world of emotion and the nature of consciousness by working with the twenty-two images of the tarot. As one looks at each concept complex, one may begin to see relationships betwixt various emotions. This is subtle work, my friends, and the nature of consciousness is that of paradox, mystery, and infinity, so that you do not have the comfort which the intellect might offer of finding neat and tidy explanations or orders to emotions within one’s life or within the creation of the infinite One. Rather, emotion, like the rivers and lakes of your planet, is an ever flowing, ever changing, ever evolving water system, shall we say, or circulation system of the consciousness of the one Creator.

Q’uo continued by saying it is probable that some contemplation of the archetypal mind may help us to think about the experiences of emotion that we have, and within the glyph of the Tree of Life there are emotions that are linked to the feminine pillar and the masculine pillar, and it might be interesting to contemplate where the emotions that we experience day-by-day might fit on that Tree of Life glyph, so if we have an interest in astrology, the ins and outs of the various signs and houses are a resource when working with understanding our emotions. Now Q’uo said there is the possibility of gazing at the world of emotion and the nature of consciousness by working with the twenty-two images of the tarot, and as we look at each concept complex, we may see relationships between various emotions, and this is subtle work because the nature of consciousness is that of paradox and mystery, so that we do not have the comfort which our intellect might offer of finding tidy explanations of emotions within our life or within the creation of the infinite One, so emotion, like the rivers and lakes of our planet, is an ever evolving water system of the consciousness of the one Creator. On September 21, 1986, Hatonn spoke of the nature of our consciousness:

It is easy for us in hindsight to tell you that the original Thought from which has sprung all consciousness, and which is the nature of consciousness in whatever distortion you may find it, is Love. All that you see about you manifested in whatever form, is made of a direct emanation of Love which is called by your people the photon or Light. Light in various rotations forms itself into all that you see, feel, use, and call by name, all elements and combinations of elements.

You ask what spiritual principles can be used to think about emotion and we would offer you the principle of unity. You are all one. You do share an instinctual, fundamental, and authentic awareness of the stuff of emotion. This is something that is trustworthy—that you have emotions in common with each other. There is no emotion that you can feel that others have not felt before you and will not feel after you. In a way, emotions have more coherence than the workings of the intellect which would seem to be so much more coherent because of the nature of logic.

However, logic can be spun to create sophistic rationales for anything desired, whereas emotions are stubbornly what they are. One may attempt to tamper with an emotion to make it different than it is, yet it is not in tampering with emotions, or attempting to adjust emotions that you do not prefer, that create a skillful approach to emotion. Rather, it is to the one who trusts each and every emotion enough to give it space and time in which to articulate itself within your awareness that emotions shall begin to offer you the reward of that feeling of oneself that goes beyond the linear. You are infinite beings. And yet on the surface of the mind there is a far more pale and watery feeling to the emotions of the day than you are able to experience when you stick with gazing at each and every emotion with respect and the lack of judgment.

Q’uo said you ask what spiritual principles can be used to think about emotion, and they offered us the principle of unity, that we are all one, and we share an instinctual and authentic awareness of the stuff of emotion, so emotions are something that we have in common with each other, and there is no emotion that we can feel that others have not felt before us and will not feel after us, and our emotions have more coherence than the workings of our intellect which would seem to be more coherent because of the nature of logic. Q’uo went on to say logic can be spun to create clever reasons for anything desired, whereas emotions are what they are, so we may attempt to tamper with an emotion to make it different than it is, yet it is not in attempting to adjust emotions that we do not prefer that creates a skillful approach to emotion, but it when we trust each emotion enough to give it space and time in which to articulate itself within our awareness that emotions shall begin to offer us the reward of that feeling of our self that goes beyond the linear since we are infinite beings, and yet on the surface of our mind there is a pale and watery feeling to the emotions of the day than we are able to experience when we stick with gazing at each emotion with respect and lack of judgment. On September 2, 2000, Q’uo spoke of how we all are infinite beings:

Many Earth native individuals, and by that we mean those who have been within the planetary influence as souls since pre-history, in your terms, have come through the many waters of many, many incarnations over thousands of years and have slowly but surely come to the point where the alarm clock has gone off. The awakening of the spirit within flesh has taken place, and there is now the realization within many, many individual Earth native souls that they are citizens of eternity, that they are infinite beings and that the surface of life, while due great honor and attention, is not all that there is but is only the gateway to the present moment, which is infinite. And these voices have become a great choir asking and seeking and knocking at the door of truth.

The one known as L was saying earlier that there were those she met in the course of doing her job and her service to others who called up from within her feelings of really bright anger. What was she to do with this sudden and impulsive anger? Was she to attempt to squash it or to repress it? Was she to give it so much honor that she expressed that anger in ways that were not of service to others? How was she to handle feeling this sudden, impulsive anger? This occurs time and time again in the course of each and every day for each and every spiritual seeker.

And it would seem that there is no useful function for the negative emotions, whereas the positive emotions such as joy, admiration, and love of a romantic or friendly nature are feel-good emotions that are hardly ever evaluated or judged. Nevertheless, it is very helpful when working with positive emotions to pay attention to them also. For just like the negative emotions, the surface of a positive emotion is only the beginning of its intensity, its clarity and its vitality, and it is to the spiritual seeker who focuses on such surface emotions such as joy and allows them to expand and, as we said before, to tell their story around the campfire of the self as it experiences itself that the gift of positive emotions shall come.

So Q’uo said as L was saying earlier that there were those she met in the course of doing her job and her service to others who called up from within her feelings of bright anger, and she wanted to know what to do with this sudden anger because she could repress it, or she could honor it in a way that seemed negative, and this is a situation which occurs many times for each of us. Then Q’uo said it would seem that there is no useful function for our negative emotions, whereas our positive emotions such as joy and love of a romantic or friendly nature, are feel-good emotions that are hardly ever judged, but it is helpful when working with our positive emotions to pay attention to them, for like our negative emotions, the surface of a positive emotion is only the beginning of its clarity and its vitality, and it is when we focus on surface emotions such as joy and allow them to expand and tell their story around the campfire of our self as we experience our self that the gift of positive emotions shall come. On May 24, 2008, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our surface emotions and how we can deal with them:

We would use the analogy of cooking here and compare the way most entities allow their emotions to run to “fast food.” It is easy to get, it is easily eaten, and there is not much nourishment in the food. And so, it is with surface emotions. Like rain on hardpan, it is difficult for the emotions to offer any good information or go anywhere. They just hit the consciousness and bounce off and, indeed, do seem quite excessive sometimes.

However, if a chef with great love for the food takes the same ingredients that are in fast food and prepares them carefully and with love, those same ingredients yield much more nourishment. And so, it is with emotions. Surface emotions are usually quite impure. However, when one can abide with one’s feelings and observe them as though they were guests coming to tea, offering them hospitality and courtesy, sitting with them and listening to them, then the emotions have found respect and honor. And this allows them to go deeper, interconnecting the surface self with the deepest part of the roots of consciousness. For this is what emotions eventually become if they are allowed to go through the process of purification.

Likewise, when experiencing the seemingly negative or shadow emotions it is quite useful to behold and allow the awareness of these surface emotions to remain, not pushing them away because they are uncomfortable to behold, not saying, “Well, this can’t be me, I would never be so negative,” but rather gazing at this dark color of emotion and asking it to clarify, to refine itself, to become more pure. The one known as L asked, “Well, what use are negative emotions? Can I use them?” We would suggest that the value of even the darkest seeming emotion is equal to the value of the most seemingly positive emotion in that it is a valid and honored part of all that there is. You are everything, every emotion. And each emotion has its place in creating of you within incarnation a less and less unbalanced and distorted expression, if you will, of the one Creator, for each of you is an expression of the one Creator.

As we have said through this instrument many times, it is the darker emotions, such as anger, that when allowed to become refined and purified create the grit, the muscle, the determination, the energy of enduring and persevering and winning through to the goals of your incarnation. If you do not have that driving energy that is expressed in anger within you in a more purified and refined state, you do not have the energy to be patient with the self as it is refined in the athanor or the furnace of experience. This instrument was working with a quote from the Holy Bible earlier today that said that the one known as Jesus the Christ did not come into the world to judge the world, but that the world through Him might be saved.

Then Q’uo said when experiencing the shadow emotions it is useful for us to allow our awareness of these surface emotions to remain, not pushing them away because they are uncomfortable to behold, but gazing at this dark color of emotion and asking it to refine itself, to become more pure, so Q’uo suggested that the value of our darkest emotion is equal to the value of our most positive emotion in that it is an honored part of all that there is because we are every emotion, and each emotion has its place in creating within our incarnation a less distorted expression of the one Creator, for each of us is an expression of the one Creator. Q’uo continued by saying it is our darker emotions, such as anger, when allowed to become refined, create the energy of persevering and winning through to the goals of our incarnation, and if we do not have that driving energy that is expressed in anger within us in a purified state, we do not have the energy to be patient with our self as it is refined in the furnace of experience, so Carla was working with a quote from the Holy Bible earlier today that said that Jesus the Christ did not come into the world to judge the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. On June 14, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the value of our being patient with ourselves:

It is sometimes difficult to be patient and wait for yourself to do the work. How much easier to have an authority figure give you the information that you crave! Yet to do so would be to steal a precious gift from you. Take your time to investigate this question. When you have come to a settled opinion about this particular pattern and this particular interest, then perhaps we could confirm your opinion, but that is far as we can go in helping you with your teach/learning process, as this instrument would call it. For you are your teacher. We are only those who help when asked.

Wewould suggest that you be as merciful with yourself when working with negative emotions as would the one known as Jesus be. He was not interested in working with those who were free of error; He was interested in working with those who were distorted, who were hurting, who were suffering, who were in the darkness of confusion. Let that climate of complete non-judgment be your working attitude as you allow each emotion its proper place in your consciousness, and as you ask of yourself that you provide a continuing environment within yourself in which honored and respected emotions may gradually be purified and refined.

Your goal, then, is not to balance emotions until there is no emotion, but to experience each emotion in ways which allow those emotions to go from being muddy and confused to a place where each emotion is a jewel-tone. Gems come in all colors from black to white and everything in between. And the beauty of each is unique to that particular gem. Your emotions are gemlike. And when you have been able to allow the murk, and the mud, and the impulsivity gradually to evaporate from the heart and essence of each emotion, you are as one who has dug in the ore to mine those gems of self which you have in common with all those of your fellow humans.

Now Q’uo said they would suggest that we be as merciful with our self when working with negative emotions as would Jesus be since He was not interested in working with those who were free of error, for He was interested in working with those who were suffering,  and who were in the darkness of confusion, so we must let that climate of non-judgment be our working attitude as we allow each emotion its proper place in our consciousness, and that we ask of our self to provide an environment within our self in which our honored emotions may be purified. Now Q’uo said our goal is not to balance emotions until there is no emotion, but to experience each emotion in ways which allow those emotions to go from being muddy and confused to a place where each emotion is a gem-tone, and gems come in all colors from black to white and everything in between, and the beauty of each is unique to that gem, so our emotions are gemlike, and when we have been able to allow the mud and the impulsivity gradually to evaporate from our heart and from the essence of each emotion, we are as one who has dug in the ore to mine those gems of self which we have in common with all those of our fellow humans. On January 2, 2000, Q’uo described the nature of purified emotions:

So, we certainly suggest that you make use of those faculties of intelligence and reason that help you to analyze what is happening to you, help you to keep yourself in a self-understood order, but, more than this, we would encourage the cultivation of purified emotions. Those emotions being faith and hope and charity. Encourage yourself to be faithful in meeting each moment with hope and gratitude, praise, and thanksgiving. And, insofar as it is possible, we encourage each to find ways of strengthening these habits of mind so that, little by little, it becomes habitual to greet the moment with hope, to greet the situation with faith, to greet the relationship with gratitude, humility, patience, and love. Where the intellect loses energy and is no more these deeper emotions become more and more and then oceans of energy offering infinite power and infinite grace to those who persist in seeking them. May we suggest to each of you the great benefits of disciplining your personality so that the first thought when engaged in a new situation is that thought of praise and thanksgiving. For when you stand upon that thought all that your outer circumstances can give to you will be grist for the mill, fodder to be chewed, experiences to be analyzed, to be loved, to be accepted, and to be forgiven.

And as those energies within you are purified, there is less and less distortion and more and more balance, and less and less of that component of fear which we began by discussing. For it is indeed a valid observation that the one great original Thought is the emotion that is at the heart of every emotion, positive or negative. This is a trustworthy statement as far as we know. Every shade of emotion has its root in Love, Love unconditional, Love un-judging, utter and absolute Love. The oftener that you are able, at the end of working with emotions, to come back to Love and to allow that Love to overflow all other considerations, the stronger you shall be in being able to do this work of allowing the self to bloom. Each of you is like a flower. And certainly if one looks at each entity’s energy body, each chakra is like a flower of a certain shape and of a certain potential for becoming more brilliant, more many-petaled and fuller of bloom. So, think of working with your emotions as if you were working with the energies of dancing, or music, or poetry. Allow boundaries to collapse, so that you begin to feel the connections between positive and negative emotions. As you become more fearless and flexible in working with balancing each emotion, you are allowing those chakras of your energy body to become more brilliant, more fully petaled, more articulated and more powerful.

We would conclude this observation of emotions with the concept of power. In an entity who is not attempting to seek spiritually or to find out by some way who he is and why he is here, the emotions shall generally remain fairly muddy and un-clarified, for there is really no incentive for one who does not realize the gifts that emotions represent to do the work necessary to begin to refine and purify these authentic and infinitely meaningful feelings that are the rays of your essential beingness as a creature of Love.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

We have mentioned the balancing exercise many times through this instrument, and we would refer to it once again briefly for it is a very useful way to work with emotions. The nature of all that is not the one original Thought is to be distorted. Distortion is not a bad word. Distortion is not an insulting word. There is distortion in all manifestation, even the highest and best you can imagine. If there were no distortion, there would be no creation, for the creation itself, in its manifested aspect, is a series of nested distortions. Thusly, one is not attempting to remove distortion completely, but rather to allow it to become more coherent; to change stuttering and muddy colors to laser lights and jewels.

Q’uo went on to say as those energies within us are purified, there is less distortion and more balance, and less of that component of fear which we began by discussing, for it is a valid observation that the one great original Thought is the emotion that is at the heart of every emotion, positive or negative, and every shade of emotion has its root in absolute Love, so the more often that we are able, at the end of working with emotions, to come back to Love and to allow that Love to overflow all other considerations, the stronger we shall be able to do this work of allowing our self to bloom like a flower, and if we look at each entity’s energy body each chakra is like a flower of a certain shape and potential for becoming fuller of bloom, so we must think of working with our emotions as if we were working with the energies of dancing, music, or poetry, and allow boundaries to collapse, so that we begin to feel the connections between positive and negative emotions, and as we become more fearless in working with balancing each emotion, we are allowing those chakras of our energy body to become more brilliant, fully petaled, and more powerful. Q’uo went on to say they would conclude this observation of emotions with the concept of power, so if we are not attempting to seek spiritually to find out who we are and why we are here our emotions shall remain muddy, for there is no incentive for us, if we do not realize the gifts that our emotions represent, to do the work necessary to begin to purify these authentic feelings that are the rays of our beingness as a creature of Love, and Q’uo had mentioned the balancing exercises through Carla, and they said they were a useful way to work with emotions since the nature of all that is not the one original Thought is to be distorted, and there is distortion in all manifestation, even the highest and best we can imagine, so if there were no distortion, there would be no creation, for the creation in its manifested aspect is a series of nested distortions, and we are not attempting to remove distortion completely, but rather to allow it to become more coherent and to change muddy colors to laser lights and jewels. On December 25, 2010, Q’uo said that we all are a creature of Love:

You cannot feel that you are one with all. You seem to be quite separate. You cannot feel that you are a creature of Love. Sometimes you feel like you are and sometimes you feel like you aren’t. Yet, my brother, you are indeed a creature of Love. And as a creature of Love, you came into this miasma asking yourself to penetrate it enough to remember that you are a creature of Love and that you wish to behave as though you were, so that your energies are those of Love, compassion, and forgiveness.

The work of the balance exercise is simply to find each trigger which moved you this day from a certain default balance to an unbalanced or distorted reaction, whether it was for positive or negative, so-called. Looking at those things within the self, looking at the process by which one was pulled off center, tells you about yourself. And as you allow those feelings to be viewed again and even to be intensified and then, as you allow the seemingly opposite emotion to come, as a complementary color would be seen across the color wheel, you lessen distortion within yourself by encouraging the equal respect given to both the seemingly negative and the seemingly positive. As we said before, this is subtle work, but it is the work that you are here to do in terms of learning about yourself, learning who you are; in beginning to feel an authenticity of being that is more and more profound, so that you are a sturdier warrior of the light than you were before. Every emotion has its place. The surface of emotions is only the beginning of them.

We wish you the very best of journeys of exploration as you work with these emotions to learn of each and every essence that makes you who you are. You will find that all emotions, once they have been purified, work in harmony to create of you a human being. The nature of the human is to be ethically oriented and to desire to serve, to love, and to know. Trust your emotions to help you learn these things. And as you relate to others, trust the emotions in them that resonate with your own in terms of dealing with each entity at the soul level.

Q’uo continued by saying the work of the balancing exercise is to find each trigger which moved us from a certain default balance to an unbalanced reaction, whether it was positive or negative, and looking at the process by which we were pulled off center tells us about our self, and as we allow those feelings to be viewed again and to be intensified, then, as we allow the opposite emotion to come to us we lessen distortion within our self by encouraging the equal respect given to both the negative and the positive, so as Q’uo said before, this is subtle work, but it is the work that we are here to do in learning about our self, learning who we are and beginning to feel an authenticity of being that is more profound, so that we are a sturdier warrior of the Light than we were before. Then Q’uo said they wished us the best of journeys of exploration as we work with these emotions to learn of each and every essence that makes us who we are, and we will find that all emotions, once they have been purified, work in harmony to create of us a human being because the nature of the human is to be ethically oriented and to desire to serve, to love, and to know, so we must trust our emotions to help us learn these things, and as we relate to others, trust the emotions in them that resonate with our own in terms of dealing with each entity at the soul level. On October 20, 2009, Q’uo said that at the soul level each of us is the Creator:

At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of Love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

At a level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of Love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

Before we leave this instrument we would ask if there is a query, or a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

Since we seemed to have exhausted the queries within this group this evening, then it falls to us to release this connection to this instrument and to this group. We would like to thank you again for calling us to your circle of seeking. It has been a joy, and we are so grateful to each of you for crafting time and space in your very busy lives in order to come and seek for truth together. The sacred space that you have created with your desire and your longing is a stunningly beautiful thing and we thank you for that also. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside to look for a board that was large enough to put my Christmas Fern on and have it spend the summer and fall on the back deck outside. I would like the combination of more shade and sun to allow it to harden off slowly as it grows better outside than in my home. I found the perfect size of board in the garage and painted it white, but I will have to wait until tomorrow to put the Christmas Fern on it because the paint was extremely thick, and it will take much longer to dry than most paints.

This afternoon I was on a zoom meet with Erez Batat’s Law of One Study Group located in Jerusalem, Israel. I had a short Q & A session with them, and then I thanked them for making the Law of One available for anyone who speaks the Hebrew language. Then I ran a couple of errands with my first stop at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy four more bales of pine straw. My second stop was to drop off two prescriptions at Walgreen’s Drug Store to be refilled.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 28

Be Christ

I am the Spirit that is meek, the heart that is humble, and the hand that is turned to service. I come to you as the Spirit of the infinite Love of Jesus the Christ.

Reach out your hand. You see before you an illusion. Yet within the illusion of that hand is warm flesh and blood, a tool and resource for the manifestation of this humble Spirit of Love.

Open your mouth and give voice. You may give voice in manifestation of the Love of Christ. It is not necessary to be loud, dramatic, and strident to know within that the infinite Love of Christ goes before you and behind you and upon either side and that your stretched-out hand, therefore, though meek, has all the infinite power of the Love of Christ.

Be Christ in manifestation to those who are seeking and hungering for the truth.

We leave you in the peace that passes all understanding; in the Love of Jesus the Christ, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-27

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 28, 2009:

Question from J: The question this evening has to do with the process of seeking. As the seeker tries to integrate everything that it is attempting to learn from previous lives and from this life, Ra said the seeker becomes more and more of that which it lives, more and more as it is. And as it is, it is the one infinite Creator. We are wondering if, as we become the one Creator, do we give up our identity? Is this something that we will miss as we become the one Creator? And as we live more and more as the Creator, it seems to have more to do with being than with doing. Could Q’uo speak to us about how the seeker progresses along the line of evolution, the upward spiraling line of evolution to become the Creator? What is gained? What is lost? And how is it done?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking this evening. We are most privileged to join your meditation and to offer our humble opinions at this session of working. To be able to collaborate with this instrument is indeed a pleasure, and we thank each of you for taking the time and the energy out of your crowded, busy lives in order to gather together to create a sacred space in which you may seek the truth. As always, before we begin we would request of each who listens to or reads these words that each listens with care for those thoughts which resonate, leaving all of those thoughts which do not resonate behind. We greatly appreciate your using your faculties of discernment and discrimination. This will enable us to speak freely without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythm of your path of seeking.

Thequestion that you ask this evening is most interesting in that it combines questions about what this instrument might call the little life of one incarnation and the life of the soul stream which lives a larger life within the precincts of eternity, moving through all of the densities of experience from octave to octave, from the timelessness of alpha to the timeless of omega, only to wake at last in the alpha of the next creation. For never doubt, my friends, that you are infinite and eternal. Yes, you are sparks of the Creator and yes, you are the Creator. And once again, in the next creation, you shall again be sparks of the Creator as the Creator chooses once again to know Itself.

If we attempted to speak of one incarnation, in responding to this query, without moving at some point into the consideration of that greater sweep of being that is your soul stream, our response would be simpler to grasp. Yet it would lack the nuances requested by those within this circle. Consequently, we beg your indulgence as we may seem to move from considerations of the little life of one incarnation to considerations of the sweep of the soul stream, from which stream you have chosen very carefully those few elements of what this instrument might call personality in order that you may focus within this little life, with the potential of achieving an infinite degree of clarity that both fulfills your goals of service and learning within this present incarnation and advances the potential of your soul stream as a whole to lessen distortion, and as the one known as Jim has quoted, to live more nearly as you are.

J asked: “We are wondering if, as we become the one Creator, do we give up our identity? Is this something that we will miss as we become the one Creator? And as we live more and more as the Creator, it seems to have more to do with being than with doing. Could Q’uo speak to us about how the seeker progresses along the line of evolution, the upward spiraling line of evolution to become the Creator? What is gained? What is lost? And how is it done?” Q’uo began by saying the question that you ask this evening is interesting in that it combines questions about what Carla might call our little life of one incarnation and our life of the soul stream which lives a larger life within the precincts of eternity, moving through all of the densities of experience from octave to octave, from the timelessness of alpha to the timeless of omega, only to wake at last in the alpha of the next creation, for never doubt that we are infinite, and we are sparks of the Creator, and we are the Creator, so in the next creation, we shall be sparks of the Creator as the Creator chooses once again to know Itself. Then Q’uo said if they attempted to speak of one incarnation without moving at some point into the consideration of that greater sweep of being that is our soul stream, their response would be simpler to grasp, yet it would lack the nuances requested by those within this circle, so they begged our indulgence as they seem to move from considerations of the little life of one incarnation to considerations of the sweep of the soul stream, from which stream we have chosen very carefully those few elements of what Carla might call personality in order that we may focus within this little life, with the potential of achieving an infinite degree of clarity that both fulfills our goals of service and learning within this present incarnation, and advances the potential of our soul stream as a whole to lessen distortion, and to live more as we are. On January 26, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our soul stream:

Always, when there is such power as free will expresses, there is within the system of judgment of those attempting to grasp the nature of such energies a slight tendency, perhaps, to be prejudiced against the sheer power of such an impersonal and yet highly individuated essence to the soul stream which is looking out through the eyes of incarnation. The impact of beginning to grasp the actual nature of the nested illusions of experience is daunting and can constitute a time of adjustment in which the nature of the self is allowed to transform itself according to the ways of this free will that enters into the creation upon each level of development. The free will of yourself can barely be distinguished from the free will of that Logos that is your higher self, that overarching Logos that is the group mind of that soul stream, that overarching Logos that is the planetary mind, and so forth. The connections that each entity has with other aspects of an infinite being that is the self are unending, so that free will is, shall we say, that icon of deity which expresses the feminine, the ever-moving, the fructifying.

When one begins with the basic statement that all is one, one creates a paradox which can never be explained. If all things are one, then why are entities unique, one from another? Why are they not equally holograms or images of the one infinite Creator? The paradoxes go on from there. If an entity is of the Creator, at what point would an entity not live as the Creator? These two paradoxes are only the beginning, but perhaps they are enough to indicate that when one is speaking of how to pursue the goal of the becoming the Creator, one is dwelling in a land of paradox and mystery in which the known patterns of logic shall not necessarily be of significant aid. On the other hand, if one foregoes the resources of logic and intellect and rests entirely upon naked faith, one becomes rapidly incapable of communicating with the self in a conscious manner and therefore robs the self of all the hard-won advantages of being an incarnated human being.

Therefore, we suggest neither that one rely completely upon the intellect and the use of the logical mind nor that one rely only upon the energies and essences of faith and direct apprehension or gnosis. Rather, we suggest that you become aware of the situation in which you have placed yourself as a stranger in a strange land, and as a native of that land within the body of bone and muscle, that chemical distillery that carries you so well through your physical incarnation. You seem very limited to yourself. You must breathe to live. You must eat and drink the food and the liquid of your nourishment. You must care for a chemical distillery which eliminates that which is used up in a way which seems less than spiritual. In a million small ways, physicality pulls at you to remind you of one limitation or another within which you dwell in order to become yourself.

Then Q’uo said when we begin with the statement that all is one, we create a paradox which can never be explained, so if all things are one, then why are entities unique, one from another, and why are they not equally holograms or images of the one infinite Creator, and if we are of the Creator, at what point would we not live as the Creator? So these two paradoxes are only the beginning, but perhaps they are enough to indicate that when we are speaking of how to pursue the goal of becoming the Creator, we are dwelling in a land of paradox and mystery in which the known patterns of logic shall not be of aid, but on the other hand, if we forego the resources of logic and rest upon faith, we become incapable of communicating with our self in a conscious manner and rob our self of all the hard-won advantages of being an incarnated human being. Q’uo suggested neither that we rely upon our intellect and the use of our logical mind, nor that we rely only upon the essences of faith, but they suggested that we become aware of the situation in which we have placed our self as a stranger in a strange land, and as a native of that land within the body of bone and muscle, that chemical distillery that carries us so well through our physical incarnation, so we seem very limited to our self since we must breathe to live, and we must eat and drink the food and the liquid of our nourishment and care for a chemical distillery which eliminates that which is used up in a way which seems less than spiritual, so in a million small ways, physicality pulls at us to remind us of one limitation or another within which we dwell in order to become our self. On September 1, 2002, Q’uo described the nature and purpose of our physicality:

Gratitude is breathing in and breathing out with the awareness that this act is a gift. Each of you is like a cut flower. You have sprung from the soil of physicality; you have the life of a blossom; and your only responsibility is to blossom, to be, to share that which you are and take in that which all else is exchanging with each other’s energy fields, those dynamics which lie between the two of you. It is easy to give thanks when there are good times, but that is not the heart of thanksgiving. The heart of thanksgiving is to see in all things the gift of manifested experience. Oh, how precious that is! Oh, how dear! We cannot convey to you our appreciation of the challenges that you face by being in a physical body and in third density, and yet we say to you that such an adventure calls to us simply because each of you is experiencing, within the illusion, the ten thousand colors and shapes and forms  that are what the Creator knows about Itself so far. As each of you takes in the air and gives it back out to the universe, you are singing a song that no one else has ever sung, lifting to the heavens a beauty that has never before been seen. And the Creator knows more now than before, because you have been open and vulnerable to experience, and the world and all its experience has been opened and made vulnerable to you. This is the heart of thanksgiving—the knowing that every breath you take is significant, meaningful and helpful to the Creator, truly a gift given and a gift received.

Contrariwise, contained—as the one known as L showed in her drawing, shown earlier within this circle’s discussion—there lies within this web of limitation, pain and suffering the inimitable sorcerer’s stone of now, a now which echoes from the little life to the soul stream to the one infinite Creator. Without your physicality, without your location in space/time, without the tremendous sacrifices that you make as a soul stream in order to project yourself into a physical illusion that is space-bound and time-bound, you should not have the capacity to contain the potentiated space in which all of the boundaries between the Logos of absolute and unconditional Love and the soul stream unbound by space, yet bound firmly within its own metaphysical limitations, might channel down into this space that you can hold open only within incarnation.

It is as though, within the tiny boundaries of a little life and a seemingly quite limited personality and character, you hold the Creator’s highest hope for knowing Itself, not only now in terms of space/time but now in terms of time/space and now in terms of the entire creation. The power of your position is astounding in many ways. It is as well that an entity awakening from the dream of Earth to a knowledge of its larger self has no idea of the power that it carries. For you in a way are like puppies and you must grow into your feet and your ears and your tail. As you grow from a spiritually immature thinker to a seeker that is increasingly awake and alert and attentive, your puppy feet begin to take hold. You begin to grow into yourself, shall we say.

Now Q’uo said there lies within this web of limitation, pain and suffering, the sorcerer’s stone of now, a now which echoes from our little life, to the soul stream, to the one infinite Creator, and without our physicality and our location in space/time, and without the sacrifices that we make as a soul stream in order to project ourself into a physical illusion that is space-bound and time-bound, we should not have the capacity to contain the potentiated space in which all of the boundaries between the Logos of unconditional Love and our soul stream unbounded by space, yet bound firmly within its own metaphysical limitations, might channel down into this space that we can hold open only within incarnation. Then Q’uo said it is as though, within the boundaries of a little life and a seemingly limited personality, we hold the Creator’s hope for knowing Itself, not only now in terms of space/time, but now in terms of time/space, and now in terms of the entire creation, so the power of our position is astounding in many ways, and it is well that our awakening from the dream of Earth to a knowledge of our larger self has no idea of the power that we carry, for we are like puppies, and we must grow into our feet, our ears, and our tail, so as we grow from a spiritually immature thinker to a seeker that is increasingly awake our puppy feet begin to take hold, and we begin to grow into our self. On May 9, 2009, Q’uo spoke of what it is like when we awaken from the dream of Earth:

Well is it called a spiritual path, for there is indeed a journey that begins when a seeker awakens from the dream of Earth to realize how very much deeper, and wider, and richer the Creation is than he was taught by his culture. It is as though an alarm has gone off and he starts from his slumbers. It’s a rude awakening sometimes, and, once awakened, the seeker cannot go back to sleep. This is a great blessing. Yet there are times when it does not seem so.

The kinds of strategy used by various seekers to grow more and more into a spiritually mature entity vary widely. The one known as J echoes the questions of many upon your sphere at this time who are using their memories of previous incarnations in order to gather more of a sense of who they are, the reasoning being that since there is so little of the personality that the soul stream has gathered which is given in any one incarnation, surely, as one gathers more and more details of other incarnations and is able to integrate these awarenesses into a single concept of the self, one will gain in one’s quality of knowledge about the self. There are those who, such as the one known as S, have found that there are moments out of time that come upon one without warning or previous planning within which the sense of the self becomes resonant and clear. The intellectual content of this sense of self is almost nil. This path to the awareness of living as one is extends far more along the lines of one whose strength lies in direct apprehension, intuition and gnosis.

In addition to these two paths of grasping more and more detail from the deep memory and allowing a sense of self to come from direct apprehension are other paths too numerous to mention. We do not believe that it is necessary for the spiritual seeker to gain a detailed grasp of either path, or of other paths. What we hope to do as we speak to you is to give you more of a sense of your situation. The importance of either direct apprehension or the conscious integration of more and more detail of self fades before the awareness of the potential of your humanity. You are all that there is. Focus down, through orders of magnitude beyond our ability to express it through this instrument, into that place where unimaginable power resides, not simply in you as you see yourself or in you as we see you, but in you as you are beyond any description on any level.

Q’uo continued by saying the kinds of strategy used by various seekers to grow more into a spiritually mature entity vary widely, and J echoes the questions of many of us upon our sphere at this time who are using our memories of previous incarnations in order to gather more of a sense of who we are, the reasoning being that since there is so little of the personality that our soul stream has gathered which is given in any one incarnation, so as we gather more details of other incarnations, and we able to integrate these awarenesses into a single concept of our self, we will gain in our quality of knowledge about  our self, and there are those who have found that there are moments out of time that come upon us without which the sense of our self becomes clear, and the intellectual content of this sense of our self is almost nothing, so this path to the awareness of living as we are extends more along the lines of one whose strength lies in direct intuition and knowing. Q’uo continued by saying in addition to these two paths of grasping more detail from our deep memory and allowing a sense of  our self to come from direct apprehension are other paths too numerous to mention, but it is not necessary for us to gain a grasp of either path, or of other paths, and what Q’uo hoped to do as they speak to us is to give us more of a sense of our situation, so the importance of our conscious integration of more detail of our self fades before the awareness of the potential of our humanity because we are all that there is, so we must focus down through orders of magnitude beyond Q’uo’s ability to express it through Carla into that place where unimaginable power resides, not simply in us as we see our self or in us as Q’uo sees us, but in us as we are beyond any description on any level. On December 12, 2005, Q’uo spoke of how our deep memory as wanderers may give us information of other lives we spent together:

My sister, in part it certainly is an experience you have had because you are a wanderer, and we say this because it is peculiar to wanderers that they bring forward from their deep memory a memory of times within clans or families or tribes which are not related necessarily by what you would call blood but are related because of common beliefs, concerns and desires to be of service.

You have asked that, as spiritual awareness is gained, as one is able to live more as one is, what is gained and what is lost. Let us look first at the process that exposes the gain. You come to know yourself beyond the details of your preferences and into the way it feels, smells and tastes to be you. We are attempting to push you beyond your senses, but use the senses that you understand in order to indicate that each of you is a bloom within eternity that is exquisitely unique, not simply in this little life but in the larger sense of a soul stream of infinite experience and variety. How it is that, as the soul stream builds itself through density after density and experience after experience, it somehow stays true to itself, we have no way of knowing. We only observe that it is so.

What do you gain as you become more aware how it feels to be you? You gain freedom and peace. You have no need to defend. You have no need to protect. You have no need to explain. You are. And who and what you are is a creature of such beauty, truth, worth, and life that any container of words or concepts that you might attempt to use to say, “I Am and I hold you, you are the one infinite Creator” is inadequate. But that infinity, that Creator-ness is unique to you and is the gift that you give to the infinite One. It is, therefore, beyond price.

Q’uo went on to say you have asked that, as spiritual awareness is gained, as one is able to live more as one is, what is gained and what is lost, so Q’uo wanted to look first at the process that exposes the gain, so we come to know our self beyond the details of our preferences and into the way it feels to be us, and they were attempting to push us beyond our senses, and to use the senses that we understand in order to indicate that each of us is a bloom within eternity that is unique, not simply in this little life but in the larger sense of a soul stream of infinite experience and variety, and as our soul stream builds itself through density after density and experience after experience, it somehow stays true to itself. Then Q’uo said as we become more aware of how it feels to be us we gain freedom and peace, and we have no need to defend or to explain because we are, and what we are is a creature of beauty, truth, and life that any words that we might attempt to use to say, “I Am and I hold you, you are the one infinite Creator” are inadequate, but that Creator-ness is unique to us, and is the gift that we give to the infinite One. On March 4, 1979, Latwii said that we all are unique:

Therefore, trust in the pattern of each unique being, and trust that we are all connected, unique as we each are, in total harmony of being, so that our patterns flow together as do the waters of the sea, each atom changing and flowing until one becomes all and all is one. Yes, you are unique, but you may let the bubble burst upon the wave of your being and merge completely with the unity of all and still be unique. You cannot lose this uniqueness. Therefore, allow the beauty of the patterns in the great tapestry to emerge, treasured and loved by you, given their freedom by you, whether you understand or whether you are only trying does not matter. All that matters is that your attitude is that of love toward yourself, toward others, toward the planet on which you dwell, and toward the creation of which you are a part.

What do you lose as you gain in that feeling of your own essence? In a way, it may be said that you lose a great deal, for as you become more comfortable with that deepest self that you are beyond distortion, distortions begin to fall away. Do you value yourself because you are good at telling jokes? Perhaps that quirk of personality falls away, and the jokes at which you laugh are not those any longer which cause those about you to join in laughter. It is as though one asked an old person what he had lost by becoming old. He could say, “I have lost my looks, my teeth, my sense, my ability to go four hours without going to the bathroom,” or he could say, “I have lost my fears, my worries, my anger, my prejudice, and my self-imposed limitations.” There is no question, my friends, that in the process of becoming a more mature entity, spiritually speaking, things shall fall away from you, and that which you are shall bear less distortion and more love.

If you value your distortions and say, “I am who I am because of these distortions, be they physical or emotional or quirks of personality or having to do with particular gifts or particular limitations,” then you shall feel the loss of much as you become closer to congruency with the frequency and vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is Love. As this instrument, who is a mystical Christian, would put it, as you become aware of your sainthood and your home within the heavenly realms shared by angels and those who have not descended into the vibrations of Earth, you lose the particularity, which may be dear to you, of your rank in society, your outer abilities, and all of those preferences by which you have distinguished yourself from others.

Q’uo said as we gain in that feeling of our own essence that we lose a great deal, for as we become more comfortable with that deepest self that we are beyond distortion, distortions begin to fall away, so if we value our self because we are good at telling jokes, that quirk of personality falls away, and the jokes at which we laughed no longer cause those about us to join in laughter, so there is no question that in the process of becoming a more mature entity, spiritually speaking, things shall fall away from us, and that which we are shall bear less distortion and more love. Q’uo went on to say if we value our distortions and say, “I am who I am because of these distortions, be they physical, or emotional, or quirks of personality, or having to do with particular gifts or particular limitations,” then we shall feel the loss of much as we become closer to congruency with the frequency and vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is Love, and as Carla, who is a mystical Christian, would put it, as we become aware of our sainthood and our home within the heavenly realms shared by angels and those who have not descended into the vibrations of Earth, we lose our uniqueness, by which we have distinguished our self from others. On September 5, 2010, Carla talked about our uniqueness:

Our service begins with being. When we are most truly ourselves we have served, immediately and absolutely, because the heart of all of us is one. It is a oneness that is tempered by our uniqueness but the consciousness that we share, that is our true self, is one. We share consciousness. We don’t share minds. We don’t share our biocomputer. We don’t share our choice-making abilities. Those are all unique to each of us. What we share is consciousness.

What is gain and what is loss when you are gazing at the opportunity in one small life to hold a channel or space that connects particularity to the infinite and that brings or can bring the infinite Love and the Light of the One from the very blazing heart of the mystery into sturdy, stable life, a life that moves through you without effort, but with infinite and intense intention? This is your opportunity to be and, in that beingness, offer your channel, your instrument, your essence, hollowed out, empty of the details of gifts and personality, so that your life and the life of your world may be lit from within by Love.

You ask, finally, how do we live as we are? My friends, each moment of your life is a moment in which the potential for being, for knowing that you are a being, and for leaning into that knowledge with intention to serve, is held like a gift before you. Shall you take that gift in this moment? You may perhaps be distracted, but another moment shall come immediately, and then another, and then another. And so it is. There is no moment in your life as a third-density entity in incarnation that is not utterly and completely full of the opportunity to know the self, to accept the self, and to become the Creator.

So Q’uo said what is gain, and what is loss when we are gazing at the opportunity in our small life to hold a space that connects to the infinite and that can bring the infinite Love and the Light of the One from the blazing heart of the mystery into a stable life that moves through us without effort but with infinite and intense intention?  Q’uo said this is our opportunity to be and, in that beingness, offer our instrument and our essence, hollowed out and empty of the details of gifts and personality, so that our life and the life of our world may be lit from within by Love. Q’uo continued by saying we asked how do we live as we are? Then they said each moment of our life is a moment in which the potential for knowing that we are a being, and for leaning into that knowledge with intention to serve, is held like a gift before us, and we may be distracted, but another moment shall come immediately, and then another, and there is no moment in our life as a third-density entity in incarnation that is not completely full of the opportunity to know our self, to accept our self, and to become the Creator. In 74.11, Ra said the way we can become the Creator is to:

The heart of the discipline of the personality is threefold. One, know yourself. Two, accept yourself. Three, become the Creator.

The third step is that step which, when accomplished, renders one the most humble servant of all, transparent in personality and completely able to know and accept other-selves. In relation to the pursuit of the magical working the continuing discipline of the personality involves the adept in knowing itself, accepting itself, and thus clearing the path towards the great indigo gateway to the Creator. To become the Creator is to become all that there is. There is then no personality in the sense with which the adept begins its learn/teaching. As the consciousness of the indigo ray becomes more crystalline, more work may be done; more may be expressed from intelligent infinity.

My friends, while we are aware that we have barely scratched the surface of this most interesting query, we feel that it is a good time to pause and ask if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I would like to ask you to comment on a theory I have. On piecing this together properly, I am starting to see that different incarnations, different lives, are like pieces of a puzzle that fit together over time until eventually the whole puzzle is shown. And yet each piece is still in the puzzle so that there is nothing experienced that is lost. There is perpetual gain and growth, and the puzzle is continually added to, added to what is you, so that you aren’t growing smaller. You are growing bigger. Does this seem to be an adequate way of wording that concept?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister, and we would answer in two ways. Firstly, we would say that, indeed, the experiences of one incarnation and another and another and so forth, do, indeed, create an ever more detailed and articulated expression of the self that is the soul stream. In that way, my sister, you are quite correct. In another way, we would point out that from our standpoint, at least, and as you know, it is our opinion only…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

…it is helpful within one incarnation to accept the premise that that which is needed for you to learn and to serve to your highest and best has been offered and, therefore, that there is not the advantage that there may seem to be to gather other incarnational detail. We say this because the process of becoming more and more the self is a process of refinement and distillation of essence. It is not the multiplication of detail that informs the deepest part of the self. Rather, it is the willingness of the self to open the processes of emotion and sensation to distillation and refinement.

The self that you are, both within incarnation and as a soul stream, is a self in which there are many, many layers, moving down through the surface of consciousness, the upper levels of the subconscious, and down into the roots of mind, amongst those roots most importantly being those of the archetypal self. You, as an instrument of particularity and infinity combined, have the capacity to dwell within the surface of your emotions, responding with impulsivity and vigor to each and every feeling. You also have an infinite capacity to allow emotion to penetrate the conscious self, the dreaming self, the self that walks the corridors of myth and lore, and the self that has gained access to those great waterways of emotion that make up the archetypal mind.

L’s question was “I am starting to see that different incarnations, different lives, are like pieces of a puzzle that fit together over time until eventually the whole puzzle is shown. And yet each piece is still in the puzzle so that there is nothing experienced that is lost. There is perpetual gain and growth, and the puzzle is continually added to, added to what is you, so that you aren’t growing smaller. You are growing bigger. Does this seem to be an adequate way of wording that concept?” Q’uo began by saying we would answer in two ways, and firstly, the experiences of one incarnation and another and another create a more detailed expression of the self that is the soul stream, and in that way you are correct, but in another way we would point out that from our standpoint it is helpful within one incarnation to accept the premise that which is needed for you to learn and to serve to your highest and best has been offered, and there is not the advantage that there may seem to be to gather other incarnational details, so we say this because the process of becoming more the self is a process of refinement of essence, and it is not the multiplication of detail that informs the deepest part of the self, but it is the willingness of the self to open the processes of emotion to distillation. Now Q’uo said the self that you are, both within incarnation and as a soul stream, is a self in which there are many layers, moving down through the surface of consciousness, the upper levels of the subconscious, and down into the roots of mind, amongst those roots most importantly being those of the archetypal self, so you, as an instrument of particularity and infinity combined, have the capacity to dwell within the surface of your emotions, responding with impulsivity to each feeling, and you also have an infinite capacity to allow emotion to penetrate the conscious self, the dreaming self, and the self that has gained access to those waterways of emotion that make up the archetypal mind. On November 16, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our archetypal mind:

When the feeling and the emotions run far ahead of that part of you that is harnessed to translate concepts into words, what you get is melody and not so many words, which is what you are experiencing. We would note, in this regard, the sound that you make instead of the word more accurately expresses the feeling that you are attempting to convey than does any word. Consequently, we would recommend that you open your mind to the concept of tones with vowel sounds as part of your music. You are only attempting more purely than language allows to express a certain quality or essence that lies in the underground, purified rivers of emotion that are part of the archetypal mind. You are attempting to bring these deep melodies up into conscious awareness. And indeed, as you do so, it shall be of service to others of some note, shall we say.

However, such work cannot be rushed. Consequently, when you feel that there is a lack of some kind in any composition on which you are working at a particular time, we would suggest that you take it into your heart, and let it sing itself to you while you listen to it.

It may help if you move while you are doing so, as in going for a walk or doing some rhythmic activity such as the chores of the day, the mowing of the lawn, the picking up of the leaves, or some mindless, repetitive task. See that as a dance that accompanies your unfinished song. Dance to it and let it sing itself to you. And in that state of no stress and no worry, that which is at the heart of what you are attempting to catch will come to you.

To ask the self to allow emotions to be refined and purified is to ask the self to walk into the fire of suffering. For if one defends against pain of an emotional type or a spiritual type, one ceases to be able to go deeper within those many, many levels of self that move into the archetypal mind. Indeed, it is through repeated experiences with such deeply painful emotions such as grief, anger, jealousy, and rage that one, oh so slowly, becomes able to bear the beauty of pure emotion. As in all things spiritual, the paradox is that as one is able to open oneself to the pain of going deeper within one’s emotional life, one is more and more able to see, to bear, to hold, to accept the emotions of joy, bliss, and peace. For as in all of the levels and ways of understanding the one infinite Creator, the essence is always Love. Consequently, the river of grief, the river of rage, all rivers whatsoever of purified emotion, lead at last into the ocean of bliss, which is the steady state of infinite Love. It is, in a way, terrifying not to defend the self.

We do not encourage being undefended if there is something to defend. We do not encourage you to push past that which you can bear. We ask you to draw careful boundaries when you need to do so, that you may contain in an integrated and healthy way that personality shell with which you came into incarnation. It is well to protect your sanity and your sense of self. It is far better to do this and to move more slowly towards the purification of emotion than to ask the self to move beyond the bounds that it can bear. But know and be confident in the fact that there is help that is available when emotions that you are processing are difficult, so that perhaps you may open just a hair more and be just one iota less fearful because you can feel the help that is with you, that is sustaining you, and will enable you to bear more. For as you bear more, as you undergo the suffering at a deeper level, you are burning away distortion. You are purifying the emotions you came in to attempt to purify. And when you are learning in these ways, that activity is highly protected. There is the need to acknowledge the help and to ask for the help, but the help is as near to you as your breathing.

Q’uo continued by saying to ask our self to allow emotions to be purified is to ask our self to walk into the fire of suffering, for if we defend against pain of an emotional type or a spiritual type, we cease to be able to go deeper within those many levels of self that move into the archetypal mind, and it is through repeated experiences with painful emotions such as grief, anger, and jealousy that we slowly become able to bear the beauty of pure emotion, so in all things spiritual the paradox is that as we are able to open our self to the pain of going deeper within our emotional life, we are more able to see and to accept the emotions of joy and peace, for as in all of the ways of understanding the one infinite Creator, the essence is always Love, so the river of grief and all rivers of purified emotion, lead at last into the ocean of bliss, which is the steady state of infinite Love, so it is terrifying not to defend the self. Then Q’uo said they do not encourage our being undefended if there is something to defend, so they asked us to draw careful boundaries when we need to do so, that we may contain in a healthy way that personality shell with which we came into incarnation, and it is well to protect our sanity and our sense of self because it is better to do this and to move more slowly towards the purification of emotion than to ask our self to move beyond the bounds that it can bear, but we must be confident in the fact that there is help that is available when emotions that we are processing are difficult, so that we may be a little less fearful because we can feel the help that is sustaining us, and it will enable us to bear more, for as we bear more and undergo the suffering at a deeper level, we are burning away distortion, and we are purifying the emotions we came in to attempt to purify, so when we are learning in these ways, that activity is highly protected, and there is the need to ask for the help, but the help is as near to us as our breathing. On December 15, 1996, Q’uo spoke of how we may purify our emotions:

So you may look upon the disciplines involved in purifying emotions within yourself as that job that the piano tuner does when it takes its vibrating instrument which, when struck, vibrates the A below middle C, and then attempts to tune the corresponding note upon the instrument to that precise vibratory rate. Each of your emotions has a perfect crystalline nature. It is buried within the distortions that keep you from seeing and hearing the beauty of that note of feeling, that emotion. So, when you experience emotions, know that you are receiving information from a deep source, that is, from that large portion of your consciousness that resides at a level below the threshold of conscious awareness. Where words cannot go, emotions become vocabulary.

So, as you gaze at yourself reacting emotionally, we ask that you realize that it is not at all your job to remove emotion. Nor is it desirable, in our opinion, that the emotions be altered because you feel they should be altered. Rather, we would suggest that with these emotions that strike you as being less than pure, to sit with that emotion, to re-experience that emotion, to move about in that feeling state, and to gaze without fear and without haste at that experience that you have collected. As you spend the time to contemplate that situation in which the emotion became embedded, perhaps you can begin to see some of where the distortions are within your own vibratory complex. This is valuable information, but not to the conscious mind. Rather, it is the subconscious mind which reaps the benefits of your contemplating those things which have moved you.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: No, thank you. Your words resonate with me very well.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my sister. We would ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a follow-up to that last. If one is able to manage to integrate all of their reincarnational aspects, would this make the learning of lessons during life more efficient, and also would it make polarization more efficient?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe that we are aware of your query, my brother. The adding of detail from various incarnations to that which is known of the incarnation within which you experience time and space may, in some cases, clarify issues that are puzzling. And it is perhaps because it is time for a clarification of such issues that memories of a previous incarnation would bleed through. Consequently, we may say that there is a positive aspect to working with incarnations besides the one in which you now experience life. However, my brother, there is a corresponding limitation which is brought about by the valuing of other incarnations’ details. This is due to the fact that each incarnation is a whole in and of itself. The entity that you were in any other incarnation would be unrecognizable to you from the standpoint of a personality, or as this instrument might say, a personality shell.

This is to say that in each incarnational opportunity, you have taken from an infinite store of characteristics, gifts, and limitations and previous associations a tiny portion of the whole and have created for yourself a persona, an avatar, if you will. For your avatar to play a pure game, it needs nothing but its essence. The power of added details to distract the self within this incarnation from a full amount of respect for its essence when in this incarnation is variable, but in some cases, it may be helpful to release the details of other incarnations—not your knowledge of them—if they have come to you and are justly a part of what you know. Rather, we would suggest that you release them from the stricture of attempting to mold them into one larger being that tells you more than you will discover when, as the one known as S said, you sit in the sunshine and are suddenly aware of yourself.

Questioner asked: “If one is able to manage to integrate all of their reincarnational aspects, would this make the learning of lessons during life more efficient, and also would it make polarization more efficient?” Q’uo began by saying adding detail from various incarnations to that which is known of the incarnation within which we experience time and space may clarify issues that are puzzling, and perhaps it is because it is time for a clarification of such issues that memories of a previous incarnation would bleed through, so Q’uo said there is a positive aspect to working with incarnations besides the one in which we now experience life, but there is a corresponding limitation which is brought about by the valuing of other incarnations’ details, and this is due to the fact that each incarnation is a whole in and of itself, so if the entity that we are were in any other incarnation it would be unrecognizable to us from the standpoint of a personality shell. Q’uo went on to say in each incarnational opportunity, we have taken from an infinite store of gifts, limitations, and previous associations a tiny portion of the whole and have created for ourself a persona, and for our persona to play a pure game it needs nothing but its essence, so the power of added details to distract our self within this incarnation from a full amount of respect for its essence when in this incarnation is variable, but in some cases it may be helpful to release the details of other incarnations—not our knowledge of them—if they have come to us and are a part of what we know, so Q’uo suggested that we release them from the stricture of attempting to mold them into one larger being that tells us more than we will discover when we sit in the sunshine and are suddenly aware of our self. On May 3, 1998, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our persona:

You are, as it says in your holy works, a lamp upon a hill. It is not your Light that lights the lamp. It is the Creator’s. What you are able to do as you work with your mind and your heart is, little by little, to clean the panes of your lamp so that they are transparent and so that the infinite Light may shine through, each of you, though you deem yourself unworthy. For you cannot give love to the world. You shall shortly run out in your persona as a human being, as a time-bound entity. Everything is finite, and it is as though you are in a cage of flesh and illusion. There is that within you which remembers paradise, which knows a better way, which is at peace and at rest. But that part of the self is very difficult to find access to. Until the day comes when, as the one known as R said, the journey from head to heart is made.

My friends, it is with sadness that we part from you, for we have greatly enjoyed this conversation and the beauty and courage of your spirits. And the sacred space they have made is awesome. Thank you. Thank you for calling us. Thanks to this instrument for collaborating with us. Thanks to the one infinite Creator, whom you and we all serve, for this opportunity to be together in His love and in His light. We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai.

This morning I drove to Thieneman’s Nursery and bought a Nandina bush, an Azalea bush, and ten bales of pine straw.

This afternoon I spread the pine straw bales in three locations on the east side of the fish pond, around the Azalea bushes on two sides of the back deck, and on three sides of the Cross area in the back yard that is also planted in Azalea bushes.  Then I used my backpack blower to blow the edges of each area more neatly into place.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 27

Hunger And Hope

I am the Spirit of the living Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

This instrument has been bewildered, as we have flooded the instrument with images of hunger, poverty, entities without homes, without shelter, without clothing, and without hope.

This is a part of the perfect beauty of your illusion. This is that which may be found, not just in other places, but in yours. The spirit of Christ speaks to the world in Love, in peace, and in service. What shall you do this day to acknowledge that your very selves are hungry?

Seek in your heart to find a call to renew, revive and replenish the concept of hope, for you are the spirit of Christ in the world today. Your hands give heavenly food as well as provender.

Above all hunger and disorder, may you see the overriding and underlying peace of Jesus Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-26

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 21, 2009

Jim: The question this evening (from S) is: “In our culture the acquisition and use of power by women is often discouraged from childhood onward. Would you please speak to us on the most appropriate use of one’s power, in both the protection and defense of the self and in service to others in general, but more specifically as it applies to women who are seeking to live the Law of One?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We have greatly enjoyed listening to your discussion this evening and are most happy and privileged to be asked to join your circle of seeking and to speak about power and especially the power of the feminine principle. Before we address that subject, however, as always, we would ask of each of you who hears or reads these words that you employ your discrimination and your discernment, choosing those thoughts that we share that seem good to you and allowing the rest to fall away. In this way, we shall feel free to share our humble opinions without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will in some way or interrupt the rhythm of your spiritual seeking. We thank you for this consideration.

To enter into the question of the right use of power it might be helpful to consider the concept of power itself. Within your physical lives there is the simple concept of physical power: strength in the arm, the ability to manipulate tools and to saw boards or hammer nails or lift heavy objects, simple muscular power. In the metaphysical world, these connotations remain when speaking of power. However, the hammer is the hammer of focus. The sword is the sword of intention. The weight is the weight of desire, so that metaphysical power is that ability of the focused and disciplined personality to set and keep an intention and to do work in consciousness. Between these two definitions or types of power, there is a kind of power that is emotional and that has to do with one’s intention to be of service, either to the self or to others. This is not a pure or a clarified kind of power but is rather a reflection of the values which a particular society or culture finds persuasive.

Thusly, entities who wish to be movers and shakers on the world scene, as this instrument would say, cultivate personal power. They find ways to have influence over others. They find ways to manipulate others. They find ways to accomplish the goals that they have chosen. The metaphysical or ethical value of such goals is nearly always quite mixed, and this is why we place this subjective type of power in a separate category. By and large, when people think about power, they think neither of physical strength nor metaphysical strength, but about the somewhat sticky and quite complicated ways of political and economic power, power meaning influence, power meaning the ability to press one’s will on others. Thusly, when we speak of the right use of power, we wish to be clear that we are not speaking of the worldly ability to wield influence in the halls of economic and political decision making. Were we to speak on that subject, we would not be able to bring metaphysical and spiritual principles to bear. Rather, we would be speaking of the virtues of the service-to-self polarity as opposed to service-to-others polarity. There is a tangential bearing of this type of power on metaphysical power. However, as one presses into the deeper levels of what power truly is, metaphysically speaking, the discussion would fall apart since worldly power is so mixed in polarity.

S asked: “In our culture the acquisition and use of power by women is often discouraged from childhood onward. Would you please speak to us on the most appropriate use of one’s power, in both the protection and defense of the self and in service to others in general, but more specifically as it applies to women who are seeking to live the Law of One?” Then Q’uo said to enter into the question of the right use of power it might be helpful to consider the concept of power, and within your physical lives there is the concept of physical power: the ability to manipulate tools, or lift heavy objects, and simple muscular power, but in the metaphysical world these ideas remain when speaking of power, so the hammer is the hammer of focus, and the sword is the sword of intention, and the weight is the weight of desire, so that metaphysical power is that ability of the disciplined personality to keep an intention and to do work in consciousness, and between these two types of power, there is a kind of power that is emotional and that has to do with one’s intention to be of service, either to the self or to others, but this is not a pure kind of power but is a reflection of the values which a particular society or culture finds persuasive. Then Q’uo said entities who wish to be movers and shakers on the world scene, cultivate personal power by manipulating others, and they find ways to accomplish the goals that they have chosen, and this is why we place this subjective type of power in a separate category, and when people think about power, they think neither of physical strength nor metaphysical strength, but about the complicated ways of political and economic power, so when we speak of the right use of power, we wish to be clear that we are not speaking of the worldly ability to wield influence in the halls of economic and political decision making because were we to speak on that subject we would be speaking of the virtues of the service-to-self polarity as opposed to service-to-others polarity, and there is a tangential bearing of this type of power on metaphysical power, but as one presses into the deeper levels of what power truly is, metaphysically speaking, the discussion would fall apart since worldly power is so mixed in polarity. On May 8, 1983, Latwii described the nature of metaphysical power:

May we now move to another aspect of the catalyst which seems negative. All of your creation, all of any creation, is based upon an illusion, the illusion of separation. It would seem to one observing creation that certain things, in fact all things, exist apart from each other. Yet, are not all one? Therefore, as you face the catalyst of your daily round of experience, remember that each portion of the creation, though an illusion, also contains the Love of the one Creator. Your mission, shall we say, if you should choose to accept it, is to find that Love. This is the work of the adept, for it requires that which has the magical or metaphysical power of transformation. As you look at what seems to be negative, look for the Creator. The Creator is there. Look for Love. Love is there. If then you can find that Love, that Light, the one Creator within the situation and within yourself, then you, as Creator, may speak to that situation which also is the Creator. And it may be transformed by your recognition of it as the Creator.

Let us now, then, speak of third density, the Density of Choice, the density where the great apes who began third density with their instinctual ways have, through thousands of your years and hundreds of incarnations, attempted to become human. It may be said that there are many among your people who have never fully become human. They have rested with the second-density instinctual values of the great apes: the defense of the clan, the gathering of resources for the survival of the clan, and the protection of the clan from any perceived threat. To be human is to become aware of who one is. It is to become self-aware and to behold within the self that ethically motivated being into whose fragile temporary home the body and the mind, has been poured infinity and eternity so that each self-aware human being is a fully formed spark of the one infinite Creator.

When an entity becomes aware of the infinite reaches of the self and begins to perceive the surrounding milieu in terms of its possibilities for ethical choice, the creation of a fully functioning human being has begun. The citizen of eternity has awakened from the sleep of earth. Gradually that entity begins to become aware of the power within that great original Thought of unconditional Love that has created all that there is, that Thought which is also yours to use, to create your universe, your way, your truth. Metaphysical power is inherent in the awakened human. Even a small child begins to test the limits of his power, his power to say, “Mine,” his power to say, “No,” his power of choice. As the body within incarnation grows to maturity, it is the plan of the infinite One that the mind within also grows and becomes more self aware. It is hoped, and it is pressed upon each spark of the Creator by the very plan of his incarnation, that choice points shall come before that human’s eyes and heart and mind, giving each entity practice in being human, in making the choice of how to serve. For service is inevitable no matter how little a human being wishes to serve. The very nature of third density places each seeker in a series of points of choice and asks that seeker, “How shall you use your power to choose?”

Q’uo continued by saying let us speak of third density, the Density of Choice, the density where the great apes who began third density with their instinctual ways have, through thousands of years and hundreds of incarnations, attempted to become human, and it may be said that there are many among our people who have never fully become human, and they have rested with the second-density instinctual values of the great apes: the defense of the clan, the gathering of resources for the survival of the clan, and the protection of the clan from any perceived threat, so to be human is to become aware of who we are, and it is to become self-aware and to behold within our self that ethically motivated being into whose fragile temporary home the body and the mind of infinity has been poured so that each self-aware human being is a fully formed spark of the one infinite Creator. Then Q’uo said we become aware of the infinite reaches of our self and begin to perceive the surrounding milieu in terms of its possibilities for ethical choice, so the creation of a fully functioning human being has begun, and the citizen of eternity has awakened from the sleep of earth, and gradually we begin to become aware of the power within that great original Thought of unconditional Love that has created all that there is, that Thought which is also ours to use, to create our universe, and our truth, so metaphysical power is inherent in the awakened human, and even a small child begins to test the limits of his power to say, “Mine,” his power to say, “No,” his power of choice, and as our body within incarnation grows to maturity, it is the plan of the infinite One that our mind within also grows and becomes more self-aware, so it is pressed upon each spark of the Creator by the very plan of our incarnation, that choice points shall come before our eyes, heart, and mind giving each of us practice in being human, in making the choice of how to serve, for service is inevitable no matter how little a human being wishes to serve, and the nature of third density places each seeker in a series of points of choice and asks us, “How shall you use your power to choose?” On December 10, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the choice that we have to make in third density:

When this creation was younger and worlds closer to what this instrument calls the central sun were maturing, the work done by a planetary population was a work done by a population of one kind, or race, or being. In the course of many graduations from many planets, there gradually began to build up populations from Earths such as yours which had finished their third density, the density of choice, and had not been able to graduate into the density of love. These population groups then needed to move to another third-density experience to take up once again the lessons of making the choice.

This choice is a choice of polarity. It is a choice between choosing to love, include and accept, with compassion for all things and beings as part of one Creator, and the choice of seeing all entities as those who may be able to serve you. It is a choice of service to others or service to self. It is a simple choice. It is not an intellectually staggering thing to determine when you are being kind, inclusive and compassionate, and when you are being unkind, un-inclusive and non-compassionate. As simple as this choice is, it is not a choice that many of your peoples have found easy to penetrate with a stable determination to follow either the ways of service to others or service to self.

Third density, then, is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, light and dark, radiant and magnetic, positive and negative. It is such an obvious feature of third density that one of your society’s greatest clichés is, “There are two kinds of people… “And then the person will say, “Those that do this and those that don’t do this,” or, “Those that do this and those that do that.” Those that are optimists, those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t. There is one after another after another way of looking at the state of humanhood and it inevitably involves the mind’s making a distinction between two ways of being. Many are the creations of the Father that have played out their third density in an atmosphere in which there was far less freedom of choice, or to put it another way, far less confusion than in your particular sub-Logos’ version of third density.

In creations where the veil does not drop entirely, the hints and inklings that give an ethically motivated seeker the ability to make choices clearly are enhanced. However, when there is less of a veil and less true freedom of will, the third-density experience takes quite a bit longer, for there is no intensity to take a test when one knows the answers. It was this sub-Logos’ choice to create an extremely heavy veil and complete free will. Therefore, as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all apparent adverse suggestion, that the universe is indeed a universe of Love and that making choices that enhance Love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness.

Q’uo went on to say third density is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, positive and negative, and it is such an obvious feature of third density that one of our society’s greatest clichés is there are those that are optimists; those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t, and there is one after another after way of looking at the state of humanhood, and it involves our  making a distinction between two ways of being, so many are the creations of the Father that have played out their third density in an atmosphere in which there was less confusion than in our particular sub-Logos’ version of third density. Q’uo continued by saying in creations where the veil does not drop entirely, the hints that give an ethically motivated seeker the ability to make choices clearly are enhanced, but when there is less of a veil and less true freedom of will, the third-density experience takes longer, for there is no intensity to take a test when one knows the answers, so it was this sub-Logos’ choice to create a heavy veil and complete free will, so as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all adverse suggestion, that the universe is a universe of Love, and that making choices that enhance Love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness. On May 19, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the veil of forgetting:

In this schoolroom, there is a heavy veil between the conscious and the subconscious mind. This means that there is no real awareness in the everyday, waking self of one’s true identity as a spark or a piece of the one infinite Creator that is holographic in nature.

This aliveness is present in every cell of your body. Your very cells’ hearts are Love. It is the action of Light upon Love that has created this illusory, third-density school of souls. And you have entered this refinery, this furnace, because you desired to do at least two things: you desired to learn, and you desired to serve.

Further complicating the picture is the genetic manipulation at the beginning of this master cycle of experience upon your Planet Earth of the great-ape bodies—which are the bodies intended to grow gradually into third density and gradually into humanhood—by one of the guardians of your planet. It was felt that it was worth an experiment to see if the physical and mental capabilities of the great ape could be enhanced, therefore giving those entering humans far more of an opportunity to make progress in a rapid manner. Here, however, there was a signal lack of awareness of precisely what the enhanced bodies and minds of the humans of early third density would do in reaction to these added enhancements. Imagine the dismay and the regret of that guardian whose name was Yahweh, when it was discovered that rather than seeking to become human, the entering entities of third density sought only to protect the clan, gather resources for the clan, and defend the clan against threat, the instinctual awareness of late second density.

What has ensued has been a ruinous, repetitive series of empires in which the male principle of aggression, protection, and control created empire after empire after empire, and as the male principle, uninformed by the female principle, has no idea how to move from empire to love, each empire has crushed itself under its own weight, leaving behind many who suffer, many who die in wars and aggressions, and who then must begin again to build a hopefully more sustainable, balanced society. It is against this background of that sticky power that builds empires that one can see that the feminine principle would be greatly to be feared, controlled and placed under the heel of the male principle, for the female principle that would balance the aggression, and the reaching is also that principle without which the male principle can literally not live. It is to the female principle that is attracted infinity and eternity. It is to the female body that the ocean of life comes, and it is from that ocean of life that the species of humankind is perpetuated.

Then Q’uo said further complicating the picture is the genetic manipulation at the beginning of this master cycle of experience upon our Earth of the great-ape bodies—which are the bodies intended to grow gradually into humanhood—by one of the guardians of our planet because it was felt that it was worth an experiment to see if the physical and mental capabilities of the great ape could be enhanced giving those entering humans more of an opportunity to make progress in a rapid manner, but there was a lack of awareness of what the enhanced bodies and minds of the humans of early third density would do in reaction to these added enhancements, so imagine the regret of that guardian Yahweh when it was discovered that rather than seeking to become human, the entering entities of third density sought only to protect the clan, gather resources for the clan, and defend the clan against threat, which is the instinctual awareness of late second density. Q’uo went on to say what resulted has been a ruinous series of empires in which the male principle of aggression and control created empire after empire, and as the male principle, uninformed by the female principle, has no idea how to move from empire to love, so each empire has crushed itself under its own weight, leaving behind many who suffer, many who die in wars, and who must begin again to build a more sustainable, balanced society, so it is against this background of that power that builds empires that we can see that the feminine principle would be feared, controlled, and placed under the heel of the male principle, for the female principle that would balance the aggression, and the reaching is also that principle without which the male principle can literally not live, so it is to the female principle that infinity is attracted, and it is to the female body that the ocean of life comes, and it is from that ocean of life that the species of humankind is perpetuated. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo described the situation of the female principle in relation to the male principle:

The truth is, it is to the female principle that spiritual knowledge is given, not as one who tells, but as one who carries. It is not that the biological female is more knowledgeable of spiritual things than the male. It is that the very essence of femininity, the archetypical nature, contains knowledge in a direct sense of the truth for which the male grasps endlessly, but which he can never completely uncover, for it resides in the mystery with which women are comfortable, and men are not.

The easiest and most direct way towards reversing this situation which is unconsciously felt by men is to dominate the women who contain the key to the mystery of life. It is not a logical movement. It is not a rational decision. It is based in fear, as the one known as Jim has said. Yet it is not a fear of any one woman. It is that fear that they shall never be granted the truth, but shall always be dependent upon women who contain that truth.

Consequently, there is that energy to enshrine and worship the ideal woman who contains the truth, and also to take womanhood away from the pedestal and under the heel. Therefore, there develops within societies, ancient and modern, a set of rationalizations for prejudice. In extreme cases, as you may see in your Middle Eastern cultures, there is a long-standing belief that women are biologically inferior, weak, and without the ability to take care of themselves.

Thusly, you see subverted that energy of cooperation and collaboration that was intended by the one infinite Creator and instead, there is a lack of equality and an even deeper lack of belief in the possibility of true equality.

The male principle dies without the acceptance and cooperation of the feminine. Indeed, viewed from that simple physical standpoint, power resides in the feminine, rather than the masculine principle. On a very deep and usually unconscious level, this is a source of great fear and consequently that which is perceived to be so powerful, so necessary, must instead be reshaped to be weak, submissive, dependent and always under the control of the male principle. Your entire planet at this time is heavily overbalanced towards the masculine principle. It is desperately in need of balance. We do not say simply that women should have more power, for we are not speaking on the level of literal men and women. We are speaking on the level of the two energies which, cooperating fully, create the balanced and perfected human and the balanced and perfected third-density milieu. It is not only men who need the feminine principle, but also women—that is, biological women—who need the feminine principle to be upheld, validated and honored.

When one is attempting to live the Law of One, as the one known as S has asked, one is attempting to live a fully human, fully balanced life, one that values both wisdom and love, not valuing one over the other but looking always for that point of balance whereby the decisions that are made in ethical choice points are those decisions that enlarge and enhance unconditional Love. The feminine principle is that which looks for ways to cooperate, ways to collaborate, ways to move in harmony and rhythm, to find and sustain an environment which does no harm but only serves to improve and balance relationships and energy expenditures of all kinds.

Now Q’uo said the male principle dies without the acceptance and cooperation of the feminine, and viewed from that physical standpoint, power resides in the feminine, rather than the masculine principle, so on a deep and unconscious level, this is a source of great fear, and that which is perceived to be so powerful and necessary that it must be reshaped to be submissive, and always under the control of the male principle, and our planet is overbalanced towards the masculine principle and in need of balance, but we do not say that women should have more power, for we are not speaking on the level of literal men and women, but we are speaking on the level of the two energies which, cooperating fully, create the balanced and perfected human and the balanced and perfected third-density environment, so it is not only men who need the feminine principle, but also women—that is, biological women—who need the feminine principle to be validated and honored. Now Q’uo said when we are attempting to live the Law of One we are attempting to live a fully balanced life, one that values both wisdom and love, not valuing one over the other but looking always for that point of balance whereby the decisions that are made in ethical choice points are those decisions that enlarge and enhance unconditional Love, so the feminine principle is that which looks for ways to cooperate and ways to move in harmony and rhythm, to find and sustain an environment which does no harm but only serves to balance relationships and energy expenditures of all kinds. On October 6, 2006, Q’uo spoke of the energy expenditures of love and wisdom:

This arrangement of energy expenditures is a part of the structure within which all of those parts of the Creator which you represent may move through the dance of the densities, seeking the truth, learning what it is to be, to be aware, to be aware of the self, to be aware of love, to be aware of wisdom, and to be aware of unity. To attempt to understand the Creator by understanding the Creator’s house is, in our humble opinion, an indirect attempt.

Now, how is one to promote that spirit of cooperation and collaboration within one’s own being? Perhaps we might suggest that it begins with the way one treats oneself. The feminine principle is not a judgmental principle. It is a loving and merciful principle. And the first overbalancing of male energy that any awakening human might find shall be that point of judgment within the self when a self-perceived error occurs.

How do you handle yourself when you are in a self-perceived error? Are you judgmental? Do you say, “What a fool I am! I can never get this right! I should be ashamed of myself.”? If so, you are reacting in an overbalanced male way. It is easy to judge. It is far more difficult to forgive. Yet we would ask you, is there anything to forgive when a child adds two plus two and gets five? We would suggest that it is a matter of correcting the error in adding two plus two to get four next time. Thusly, begin to live the Law of One by using your power to forgive, to begin again, to let go of that need to judge, that need to break through mistakes and force correction. As you begin to forgive yourself, you gain the power that comes with mercy.

Q’uo said asked how are we to promote that spirit of cooperation within our being, so they suggested that it begins with the way we treat our self, so the feminine principle is not a judgmental principle, but it is a loving and merciful principle, and the first overbalancing of male energy that any awakening human might find shall be that point of judgment within the self when a self-perceived error occurs. Then Q’uo said if we handle our self when we are in a self-perceived error by being judgmental we are reacting in an overbalanced male way since it is easy to judge, and it is more difficult to forgive, so we must begin to live the Law of One by using our power to forgive, to begin again, to let go of that need to judge, and as we begin to forgive our self, we gain the power that comes with mercy. On January 15, 2006, Q’uo said that we all have the power to forgive:

The power to forgive is tremendous. You have the power to declare that a situation is as you see it and not as the world sees it. And by serenely sticking to your story, you can save your mind, your emotions, and your heart from undergoing the crushing action of physical circumstance. This is not something that the world can understand easily. It is something for you to take within yourself and with which you can experiment.

We would ask you to experiment with taking your power back whenever you feel helpless and hopeless. Remember who you are and why you’re here. Take courage and feel the dignity of your reality. You did not come here for casual purposes. You came here as a sacred journey, and you are doing very well with it. Take pride in yourself. Have faith in your process. And know that your guidance is closer than your hands and feet and nearer to you than your next breath.

As you begin to see yourself as a whole person who has been known to make errors but who is always far greater than the sum of the mistakes made, there comes into you a feeling of dignity and self-respect, for you are no longer judging yourself on your behavior. You are beginning to judge yourself on your intentions and your basic nature. As you become self-forgiven, be you biological male or biological female, there is awakened within you a self-perception that includes true power, for you know you have the power to understand and forgive. And you know that when those about you impinge upon you in ways that may seem hurtful, you have the power to stand on your self-forgiven feet and gaze at those entities at the soul level and forgive them. For you know that they know not what they do.

And so, your world begins to be self-forgiven. And your power grows, as does your power to love, your power to forgive, your power to exercise patience and understanding. The definition of magical power is the power to create changes in consciousness at will. As you are self-forgiven and know yourself to be an instrument of love, so you change your consciousness. Each time you tune into that feeling of self-forgiveness and self-respect, you are changing the vibration of your entire energy body, and you are changing the vibration of Planet Earth.

So Q’uo said as we begin to see our self as a whole person who has been known to make errors but who is always far greater than the sum of the mistakes we made, there comes into us a feeling of self-respect, for we are no longer judging our self for our behavior because we are beginning to judge our self on our intentions and our basic nature, and as we become self-forgiven, whether we are biological male or biological female, there is awakened within us a self-perception that includes true power, for we know we have the power to understand and forgive, so we know that when those about us impinge upon us in ways that may seem hurtful, we have the power to stand on our self-forgiven feet and gaze at those entities at the soul level and forgive them, for we know that they know not what they do. Q’uo went on to say then our world begins to be self-forgiven, and our power grows, as does our power to love and forgive, and to exercise patience and understanding, so the definition of magical power is the power to create changes in consciousness at will, and as we are self-forgiven and know that we are an instrument of Love, so we change our consciousness, and each time we tune into that feeling of self-forgiveness and self-respect, we are changing the vibration of our entire energy body, and we are changing the vibration of Earth. On May 3, 1998, Q’uo spoke about how each of us is an instrument of Love:

Yet in faith and in hope you took on this lifetime, for you wished to love the Earth and its people. You wished to serve, and this is your opportunity. In truth, it matters not what is occurring upon the surface of your life as long as you are attempting to be an instrument of Love, a harbinger of peace. Practice being. Practice at odd moments, allowing the self simply to be aware, and resting in that deep peace that is awareness of the Creator. You shall certainly get lost in the sea of confusion again and again. But that too is illusion. Trust that heart within, and as you are given the grace to do so, work with those concepts of being and doing until you begin to have a lucid idea of what it is to be yourself. This is an art of profound moment, and we encourage each of you to take it up. In your hopes and in your prayers, surrender all to the Creator and know, in confidence and in quiet, that which is needed for you to learn and for you to serve will come to you. May you see all things with the eyes of Love.

As we so often do, we would like to point out that you have tremendous amounts of help available to you as you learn to live as a person of power and to use that power rightly. Your guidance system is with you, nearer than your hands or your heart. There are those entities about you which you have drawn to yourself because of who you are. As you vibrate in a certain frequency, you draw to yourself unseen companions who vibrate at that frequency. As you begin to raise your consciousness and begin to know who you are, a child of the Creator, a person with hands to reach in Love, a person with a voice to speak in Love, a person with a mind to ideate in love, each frequency that you open calls unto you those whom some call angels and others call inner masters.

Whatever their name, these entities stand at your back like a backdrop of Light. And as you become more aware of this help you can lean into that help and ask for that help. Indeed, this instrument works with angelic energies each day as she rests in the waters of her bathtub, because water is such a tremendously magnetic medium and can be charged with the Love of those about you who wish to heal and help you. As you become more used to living as a magical personality and feeling your power, then you have the responsibility of using that power well. And we strongly suggest that entering the silence is a very helpful resource in the project of centering yourself anew, afresh, each day and sometimes each hour and each minute. The Creator’s name in some circles is “I Am.” How shall you serve? This is the challenge given to those in the density of choice on Planet Earth. May you choose with your deepest heart to become you.

And then Q’uo said that we have help available to us as we learn to live as a person of power, so we must to use that power rightly since our guidance system is with us, and there are those entities about us which we have drawn to our self because of who we are, and as we vibrate in a certain frequency, we draw to our self unseen companions who vibrate at that frequency, so as we raise our consciousness and begin to know that we are a child of the Creator, a person with hands to reach in Love, and a person with a voice to speak in Love, each frequency that we open calls unto us those whom some call angels and others call inner masters. Now Q’uo said these entities stand at our back like a backdrop of Light, and as we become aware of this help we can ask for that help, and Carla works with angelic energies each day as she rests in the waters of her bathtub, because water is such a magnetic medium and can be charged with the Love of those about us who wish to heal and help us, so as we become used to living as a magical personality and feeling our power, then we have the responsibility of using that power well, and entering the silence is a helpful resource in the project of centering our self each day and sometimes each hour and each minute, for the Creator’s name in some circles is “I Am,” and deciding how we shall serve is the challenge given to us in the density of choice on Earth, so Q’uo suggested that we choose with our deepest heart to become who we are. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of our entering the silence:

And lastly, my brother, as in all things, we recommend periods of entering the silence so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance, and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the rational mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator. For the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart.

We would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to this query before we open up this session to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: [Inaudible]

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query, my brother, but because the hearing of this instrument is somewhat weak, we would like to restate your query and make sure that we grasp it. Is this satisfactory with you, my brother?

Questioner: Sure.

What we believe you asked is, when you are attempting to act from your deepest beliefs and your deepest heart, many times there are impediments that are thrown up and frustrations and difficulties in following your heart, and you wish to know what we would say about that situation. Is this correct, my brother?

Questioner: Yes.

Q’uo: Very well then. We are sorry to repeat but this instrument’s ears are none too good, as she would say. My brother, we spoke earlier of third density as a kind of school. Each choice point is a point at which you are able to express your understanding of a certain principle in this refinery of souls and when that choice point has been met, patterns of energy are set up which are as the tide going out and the tide coming in. Your decision is bread upon the waters, and it shall flow to you again, but not with you being at the same place. For there are no two tides the same, and you are not the same person at any two moments of your life. You are in constant flux, and the incarnational lesson upon which you’ve just had this test has set up a pattern that shall flow back to you with what this instrument would call a “ten-minute quiz.” Did you get that principle or were you just passing the test to get an “A”? That’s the question.

So, again and again, you shall get what seem to be challenges and resistances to your decisions that test your ability to remain steadfast in your understanding of the basic question covered by the previous test. You see, my brother, in a moment of emergency it may be possible for you to outdo yourself and be brilliant. Clarity and precision are yours, and you see how everything fits. And then, another day, another week, another month, routine, boredom, a losing of focus can set in. And when it is very important to you as a soul stream that this particular incarnational lesson be met and balanced, the ten-minute quizzes can come fast and furiously, one upon another. The test hasn’t changed. The question hasn’t changed, but it has hit you at a different point in your spiritual evolution, and it has hit you in a novel way, so that you begin to flex those powerful muscles of choice, not simply with the initial choice, but with the ramifications of that choice.

Questioner’s question was: “When you are attempting to act from your deepest beliefs and your deepest heart, many times there are impediments that are thrown up and frustrations and difficulties in following your heart, and you wish to know what we would say about that situation.” Q’uo said third density is a school, and each choice point is a point at which you are able to express your understanding of a certain principle in this refinery of souls, and when that choice point has been met, patterns of energy are set up which are as the tide going out and coming in, so your decision is bread upon the waters, and it shall flow to you again, but not with you being at the same place, for there are no two tides the same, and you are not the same person at any two moments of your life, but you are in constant flux, and the incarnational lesson upon which you’ve just had this test has set up a pattern that shall flow back to you with what Carla would call a “ten-minute quiz,” so did you get that principle, or were you just passing the test to get an “A”? Then Q’uo said again and again, you shall get what seem to be challenges to your decisions that test your ability to remain steadfast in your understanding of the basic question covered by the previous test since in a moment of emergency it may be possible for you to outdo yourself and be brilliant, and clarity is your nature, and you see how everything fits, and in another week, another month of routine, and a losing of focus can set in, so when it is important to you that this incarnational lesson be met and balanced, the ten-minute quizzes can come fast one upon another, so neither the test nor the question have changed, but it has hit you at a different point in your spiritual evolution, and it has hit you in a novel way, so that you begin to flex those powerful muscles of choice, not simply with the initial choice, but with the ramifications of that choice. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo said that our initial choice is of service to others:

For the human tribe that inhabits the surface of Planet Earth, things are not so cut and dried. The time of choice is greatly limited now among your people. This is not a cause for great concern for most of those, if not all of those, who shall make that choice for graduation have already made the initial choice of service to others. There is still time to make that initial choice, but you may do the calculation necessary to see that the time is short.

It is not possible for us to generalize how this happens. Wherever you have undeveloped light within your being, what this instrument would call within your personality shell, that will be the target for temptation to slide away from the purity of your initial choice. There will be the temptation to doubt the self or to feel that, “It is no use, I can’t keep this up,” or if there is no particular emotional chink in your armor, there may be mental chinks or physical chinks which will then be thrown up against your set intention to serve the Creator. Consequently, there are as many different ways to practice those vibrational frequencies that enlarge love as there are people attempting to become fully human.

There are many ways to be discouraged. There are many ways to be distracted. There are many ways to lose that feeling of flexibility and to allow disappointment to become bitterness. It is a very subtle thing sometimes, my brother, to see accurately into resistance, but one thing you may know for sure is that this is third density. There is always the dynamic between love and fear, light and darkness, joy and bitterness, unity and division. And you can see the light and the radiance of the choice for unity, for patience, for forgiveness, for belief in the self and so forth and so on.

Then Q’uo said it is not possible for us to generalize how this happens, so wherever you have undeveloped light within your personality shell, that will be the target for temptation to slide away from the purity of your initial choice, and there will be the temptation to doubt the self, or if there is no particular emotional chink in your armor, there may be mental chinks or physical chinks which will then be thrown up against your set intention to serve the Creator, so there are as many ways to practice those vibrational frequencies that enlarge love as there are people attempting to become fully human. Q’uo went on to say there are many ways to be discouraged and to allow disappointment to become bitterness, and it is a subtle thing sometimes to see into resistance, but one thing you may know is that this is third density, and there is always the dynamic between love and fear, between unity and division, and you can see the Light and the radiance of the choice for unity, for forgiveness, and for belief in the self. On November 28, 2004, Q’uo spoke of the dynamic between love and fear:

As you move forward in the process of spiritual evolution, you will find yourself continuing to uncover areas that were previously unknown to you within the very complex pattern of your total personality. So, this is not a question that will go away as you learn more. It is a question that will deepen and intensify, for there is no end to the mystery of this dynamic between love and fear.

In the world of ideas, qualities like love and fear are entities. To put a face and a body to love is perhaps to imagine a feminine figure, loving and maternal, with open arms and an open heart and a willingness to embrace. To put a face and a body to fear is perhaps to imagine a male figure clad in an enveloping cloak in which are gathered all of the treasures that this figure is attempting to hold tightly to himself.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is a final query before we leave this instrument and this group. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a query. I know that this is a somewhat self-based question, but would it be possible to tell me if the opposition I’m facing right now is coming entirely from within, or if there are outer sources working as well? I feel it would help me in the path I take to overcome this opposition best.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. My sister, may we ask you a query?

Questioner: Yes.

Q’uo: We would ask you, my sister, do you have a fairly certain knowledge of the true answer to this question? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I seem to think one thing at one moment and another at the next, so I’m not sure.

We are those of Q’uo. In that case, my sister, there is just so far that we may go. The challenge which you face lies both in self-perceived chinks in the armor which are of long standing and of the attention of one who would distract you from serving the light. Therefore, we encourage you to be steadfast and to embrace all undeveloped light with a love so true and so pure that it sees the Creator. This technique cannot be insincere and still succeed. For if one loves because loving will conquer, then there is a service-to-self element within that love.

The releasing of all fear and the absolute adherence to the highest and best that you know, together with the calling upon that tremendous, unseen source of unconditional Love that surrounds you and this instrument that you wish to be shall be your resources at this time, my sister. Please know that at any time you wish for us to be one which underscores that basic vibration that you reach in meditation, we are glad to join your meditation and to stabilize that undercurrent of unconditional love. It is our privilege and our pleasure and you have but mentally to request it.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, that helps a lot.

We are those of Q’uo and we thank you, my sister. Dear brothers and sisters, it has been such a pleasure to be with you this evening and to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for this great privilege and for the beauty of your sacred space that you have created together. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

This morning I went outside and pumped half of the water out of the fishpond. Then I cleaned the filters for the fountain with the sprayer on the garden hose. Then I fertilized the water lilies with two tablets for each of the five water lilies. Then I began refilling the fishpond with fresh water, and while the water was refilling, I transplanted a tray of dahlias into the Sun Mandala behind the garage to fill in some gaps between the Dahlias. Then I went back to the fishpond and turned on the fountain to be sure that it would not splash out of the pond. Then I added some Aquasafe to neutralize the chlorine in the fresh water.

This afternoon I went outside and weeded the Hosta under the Honeysuckle bushes in the back yard. Then I replaced some of the netting over the Hosta that had torn and added some stakes to cover a couple of the sides of the Hosta Garden to increase the area of coverage and protect the Hosta from the deer.  

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 26

The Spirit Of Love

I am the Spirit of Him who comes in the name of the Lord.

All things dwell within the Love of God. The Love of God is a power which emanates from each living thing. Long before one reaches another person the two sendings of Love have intertwined and greeted each other.

There are those whose sensitivity causes them to find pain in the contact with the Love of the Creator and pain in the contact with other souls. For the Love of God is a strong and vibrant thing and one which removes one’s isolation completely.

Yet even in the midst of isolated countryside, that consciousness which emanates and exudes as the Love of the Creator is sent out by each creation of the Father, each flower, grass, and tree. There are some sensitive souls who must then seek the cave. There the emanations of stone, water, and air are silent or at least quiet enough that the soul who works alone may find rest.

We urge each to open the doors of acceptance to the life of the spirit of Love in people and places and circumstances, but even if we speak to one within a cave we know that the Love of God in Christ shall work with you at your chosen speed.

Peace be with you, now and always.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-25

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 20, 2009:

M writes: “I was a Navy Seal for 24 years and now have been working as a security contractor for the last six years in Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and other hot spots throughout the world. I had an experience where I had the overwhelming sensation to send out the thought of love while in a situation where I intuitively knew my group was going to be attacked by rocket. The attack was thwarted. After that moment, over the next several years, I began to use the thought energy of Love in order to thwart many more attacks and keep the groups I was protecting safe. My question is, how can the information about using the thought energy of Love be shared with others so that they can contribute to changing the paradigm of war?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege to be called to your circle and we are happy to speak with the one known as M on the question of how to share with others the one great original Thought of Love. As always, before we begin we would request that all of those who listen to or read these words use their discrimination and their discernment in choosing those thoughts with which they would like to work. We ask that you trust your ear as it listens for resonance and that you leave behind any thought that does not resonate to you. We greatly appreciate your doing this, my friends, for it enables us to share our humble opinions without fearing that we may infringe upon your free will in some way or disturb the rhythm of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

To share that awareness which one has with other selves when that awareness moves so far from the paradigm used and assumed to be correct, by those with whom you would share your awareness, is a challenge, my brother. The first thing that we would share with you is the awareness that there is a substantial distance between the paradigm of a warrior or protector that is enjoyed by those within your armed forces and the paradigm which has become crystal clear to you. The concept of both the entities who are on what they would call “our side” and those on the “other side” as being equally valuable, is perhaps at the center of the distance between the two paradigms. At a level which is seldom said but often implied, theories of warfare undervalue, in a systematic way, the entities who are soldiers, or who are members in forces which are not part of the national armed forces but who maintain security, as this instrument would say. There is an unspoken acceptance of the fact that the lives of the souls within one’s command are not as important as the accomplishment of the mission. When even the entities who are fighting with one are so brutally undervalued, the entire energy that fuels the desire and the intention to form a new paradigm of protection is substantial.

There is a second issue which also feeds into there being a challenge for one who wishes to share the awareness of the power of unconditional Love. Those within third density on Planet Earth at this time are sometimes deeply asleep within the planetary dream. There is often in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator. There is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth. And in that numbness there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator or the thoughts of the one infinite Creator. Lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a characteristic dullness of spirit. At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of Love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

My question is, how can the information about using the thought energy of Love be shared with others so that they can contribute to changing the paradigm of war?” Q’uo began by saying to share that awareness which we have with other selves when that awareness moves so far from the paradigm used and assumed to be correct, by those with whom we would share our awareness, is a challenge, and the first thing that Q’uo would share with us is the awareness that there is a distance between the paradigm of a warrior that is enjoyed by those within our armed forces and the paradigm which has become clear to us and the concept of both the entities who are on what they would call “our side” and those on the “other side” as being equally valuable, is at the center of the distance between the two paradigms, so at a level which is seldom said but often implied, theories of warfare undervalue the entities who are soldiers, and there is an unspoken acceptance of the fact that the lives of the souls within one’s command are not as important as the accomplishment of the mission, and when the entities who are fighting with one are so brutally undervalued, the entire energy that fuels the desire to form a new paradigm of protection is substantial. Q’uo continued by saying there is a second issue which also feeds into there being a challenge for one who wishes to share the awareness of the power of unconditional Love, and those within third density on Earth at this time are deeply asleep within the planetary dream, so there is in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator, and there is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth, and in that numbness there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator, so lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a dullness of spirit, so at the soul level each of our brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of that one Thought of Love, and at heart each of our brothers and sisters with whom we wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity. On January 15, 2006, Q’uo said that we all are citizens of eternity:

It is possible for an unexamined, confused situation to crush you so that you have almost no hope, no power to go on, and so forth. It is also possible with that same situation to do what little you can in your mind at any given time to remember who you are and take back your power from that which is crushing you. It does not matter when you are taking back your power whether or not you have the ability to affect the physical situation at that moment. Taking back your power as a soul or spirit is involved in remembering that you are not limited by life and death: you are a citizen of eternity. You are a Creator, and you have a creation that you can populate with the ideals and the beauties that you love. You can forgive the people or the situations that are crushing you.

The power to forgive is tremendous. You have the power to declare that a situation is as you see it and not as the world sees it. And by serenely sticking to your story, you can save your mind, your emotions, and your heart from undergoing the crushing action of physical circumstance. This is not something that the world can understand easily. It is something for you to take within yourself and with which you can experiment.

Ata level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of Love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

The challenge before not only you, my brother, but before all those who wish to serve the Light at this time is to find oneself able to share in such a powerful way that there is the triggering of what this instrument often calls the “snooze alarm” function because of what is said by you, and more than that, because of that energy which you carry which flows through you and out into the world, which is as a lighthouse that others may recognize from afar and into which they may be drawn. That being said, we shall now say that it is certainly not impossible for you to find techniques by which your ideas and the energy which you wish to share may be communicated successfully to those who are ready to be awakened. And there are many, my brother, who are sleeping lightly at this time. The uncertainty of the times creates additional incentives to awaken. Even those who are deeply asleep in their dream of Earth have heard the thunder of approaching storms and are uneasy in their slumber and vulnerable.

Then Q’uo said at a level below consciousness each of these entities is aware that they are one with their brothers and sisters  and one with the Creator, and they are aware at a deep level the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love, and at the conscious level many of our brothers and sisters have no belief in the power of Love, but this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind, so there is no time limit on spiritual evolution since progress is inevitable, but those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density. Q’uo continued by saying the challenge before all those who wish to serve the Light at this time is to be able to share in a powerful way that there is the triggering of what Carla calls the “snooze alarm” function because of what is said by us, and because of that energy which you carry which flows through you and out into the world, and it is a lighthouse that others may recognize from afar and into which they may be drawn, so Q’uo said that it is not impossible for you to find techniques by which your ideas and the energy which you wish to share may be communicated successfully to those who are ready to be awakened, and there are many who are sleeping lightly at this time, and the uncertainty of the times creates additional incentives to awaken, so those who are deeply asleep in their dream of Earth have heard the thunder of approaching storms and are uneasy in their slumber and vulnerable. On November 29, 1998, Q’uo spoke of how difficulties allow us more opportunities to serve the Light:

Rather, the difficulties that are perceived are seen as further opportunities for service as those challenges which enhance the incarnational abilities to learn the lessons of love and to serve the Light of the one Creator. The chaotic expression of energy is seen as that which offers the opportunity to enhance one’s own expression of energy as one is able to move in harmony through the difficult times and experiences that lie ahead. For previous to incarnation each entity is far more aware that it is a portion of the one Creator and all those about it are the same, as are those with whom it shall spend its third-density days. Thus, the entity awaiting the incarnation sees with clearer eyes that which lies ahead and is far less liable to shy away from such difficulties but is far more likely to embrace them as the opportunities to serve and to learn.

To one who wishes to share the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, we would speak of two levels of sharing at this time. The first is intellectual, using the tools of words. This instrument was just looking at a book which you have written, and this is a powerful tool, an instrument that can be handed to any soul, leaving it completely to the discrimination of the one who holds that book whether or not he shall open it; whether or not, if he reads it, he shall comprehend it, be persuaded by it, or find it to be a resource in his own awakening. As you know, words can only go so far. No matter how beautifully sentences are wrought, no matter how powerfully stories are told, words, compared to that awareness which you have of Love, are poor indeed. Nevertheless, many entities are at that tipping point right now where just the right word at the right time shall indeed create that change in consciousness that wakes one up, and, having awakened, entities will find that they cannot go back to sleep.

However, we are aware that you hope to create a situation in which, without infringing upon the free will of any, you are able to offer a direct apprehension of the power of unconditional Love. Gurus choose to retreat from words and sit in silence in order that those who follow them may sit in their train and share the energy of their meditation in which, in full conceptual form, knowledge of love lies. Shamans take their students into the wilderness and lead them close to death that they may lie in their graves, become fully aware of their death, and then rise to become fully aware for the first time of life. Both of these techniques are using essences rather than words to create changes in the consciousnesses of your students and have merit and may be considered for those resources that they may offer.

Now Q’uo said to one who wishes to share the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, we would speak of two levels of sharing at this time, and the first is intellectual, using the tools of words, so Carla was looking at a book which you have written, and this is a powerful tool that can be handed to any soul, leaving it completely to the discrimination of the one who holds that book whether or not they shall open it, whether or not they shall comprehend it, be persuaded by it, or find it to be a resource in their own awakening, and as you know words can only go so far no matter how beautifully sentences are written or how powerfully stories are told because words, compared to that awareness which you have of Love, are poor indeed, but many entities are at that tipping point right now where just the right word at the right time shall create that change in consciousness that wakes one up, and, having awakened, entities will find that they cannot go back to sleep. Then Q’uo said we are aware that you hope to create a situation in which, without infringing upon the free will of any, you are able to offer a direct apprehension of the power of unconditional Love, so gurus choose to retreat from words and sit in silence in order that those who follow them may share the energy of their meditation in which, in full conceptual form, knowledge of Love lies, and shamans take their students into the wilderness and lead them close to death that they may lie in their graves, become aware of their death, and then rise to become fully aware for the first time of life, and both of these techniques are using essences rather than words to create changes in the consciousnesses of your students and have merit, and may be considered for those resources that they may offer. On April 25, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the power of unconditional Love:

If an entity is aware of the quality of Creator-ness or Creator-hood that he has found at the very center of the depths of his heart, he is aware that this quality of Creator-ness or being part of the creative principle is specifically that which is not of the surface self. True to the task set before him to know the self and accept himself, he will necessarily and automatically have attained a genuine humility. For he has experienced the state of the small “I,” the ego self, becoming transparent before the power of unconditional Love as it flows through him.

As you create your own strategy for aiding entities who wish to learn to become human, that which must be awakened is desire. That desire will be fueled by belief. The reality and the power of your own experience with the Archangel Michael operated beyond the boundaries of space/time. The challenge for you is to make accessible the full impact of your experience in time/space so that those who, of themselves, would not believe in the possibility of what you suggest, may become convinced in a subjective manner of the reality of your experience. For in order to aid entities in shifting a paradigm in a drastic and final sense, it is necessary to create a hunger for that new paradigm, a genuine desire to investigate the possibility of creating that new paradigm. The nature of your experience is that of becoming aware of the mind of the infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love. When one says the word “love” in your culture, it is a flabby, weak word compared to the reality of Love, for the Love of which you became aware in your experience is the Love that created all that there is.

The one known as Jesus the Christ, in his teaching often altered people’s awareness radically by healing those who were ill, helping the blind to see and the lame to walk. When faced with that which would seem miraculous, the dream of Earth falls away and all things become possible for that entity at that moment. The challenge therefore, my brother, is to create moments that strip away the torpor of careless unbelief. It can be done by you or by anyone with a keen enough desire. We would ask you to believe with no doubts or hesitations in the validity of that which you wish to do. And we would suggest to any soul who sets out to serve that there be a constant and unremitting request for aid.

Q’uo went on to say as you create your own strategy for aiding entities who wish to learn to become human, that which must be awakened is desire, and that desire will be fueled by belief just as the reality of your experience with the Archangel Michael operated beyond the boundaries of space/time, so the challenge for you is to make accessible the impact of your experience in time/space so that those who would not believe in the possibility of what you suggest may become convinced in a subjective manner of the reality of your experience, for in order to aid entities in shifting a paradigm in a drastic sense, it is necessary to create a hunger for that new paradigm, so the nature of your experience is that of becoming aware of the mind of the infinite Creator, which is unconditional Love, and when one says the word “love” in your culture, it is a weak word compared to the reality of Love, for the Love of which you became aware in your experience is the Love that created all that there is. Now Q’uo said Jesus the Christ, in His teaching often altered people’s awareness by healing those who were ill, helping the blind to see and the lame to walk, and when faced with that which would seem miraculous, the dream of Earth falls away, and all things become possible for that entity at that moment, so the challenge is to create moments that strip away the state of unbelief, and it can be done by you or by anyone with a keen enough desire, so we would ask you to believe with no doubts in the validity of that which you wish to do, and we would suggest to any soul who sets out to serve that there be a constant request for aid. On April 7, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the Love that created all things being within each of us:

My dear ones, you are the Light of the world. It is from hearts such as yours that the Light of your planet comes. It is from lives such as yours that the great procession of life and death is imbued in the passion play of life on earth with honor, dignity, compassion, and deep caring. You have within you every force of death and every force of Light. Nothing has been left out of your makeup. It is the way of the spiritual sojourner to live that uncomfortable life that is aware of these matters, that is aware of the great wheel of evolution working through time and space to bring consciousness to that infinite present moment, where that great Love that created all that there is suddenly explodes into Light infinite and indivisible.

That which you have set before you is a task that requires allowing the self to be empty in order that the chalice of flesh that is your earthly temple may be filled with the power of the living Creator each and every day. Let not your intention grow old or stale, but set it anew as each sun rises and as each sun sets. Speak, to the daytime and to the nighttime, your desire to serve. And know that the nature of your desire is that which this instrument would call “magical,” using the term as it is used by the white Western magical tradition known to this instrument as white magic. The definition of a magician in this particular discipline is one who develops the art of creating changes in consciousness at will. This is what you hope to be able to teach, the changing of consciousness at will. Were you of a priestly nature, you might consider creating a ritual in which the mind of the Creator, that Logos of unconditional Love, is invoked. However, the challenge there would be to find students who wished to discipline their earthly personalities as you have disciplined your own. It is not an insurmountable challenge, however, it is a substantial one.

Know that you do not start from zero. For within the culture in which many of those whom you would teach enjoy life there is the lip service of Christians, Jews, and Muslims of their belief in one Creator who has created all that there is in Love. Especially within the Christians among your students you will find an awareness of the ritual which is entirely magical in nature, of what this instrument would call “Holy Eucharist” or “Communion,” where the infinite Creator in the shape of the Christ is poured forth into bread and wine and then into each of those who worships, thereby changing the entire vibration of each of the worshipers. It is in many cases, or should we say, in many churches, a watered-down experience, literally and figuratively, yet even in its diluted form it has the shape of the invocation of Love. Consequently, as one who attempts to aid others to become aware of the power of Love, it is a help and a resource. It is for you to decide how to approach this facet of your quest.

Q’uo continued by saying that which you have set before you is a task that requires allowing the self to be empty in order that the chalice of flesh that is your earthly temple may be filled with the power of the living Creator every day, so let not your intention grow stale, but set it anew as each sun rises and as each sun sets, and speak to the daytime and to the nighttime, your desire to serve, and know that the nature of your desire is that which this instrument would call “magical,” using the term as it is used by the white Western magical tradition known to this instrument as white magic, so the definition of a magician in this particular discipline is one who develops the art of creating changes in consciousness at will, and this is what you hope to be able to teach, and if you were of a priestly nature, you might consider creating a ritual in which the mind of the Creator is invoked, but the challenge there would be to find students who wished to discipline their earthly personalities as you have disciplined your own, so it is not an insurmountable challenge, but it is a substantial one. Q’uo went on to say you do not start from zero, for within the culture in which many of those whom you would teach enjoy life there is the lip service of Christians, Jews, and Muslims of their belief in one Creator who has created all that there is in Love, and especially within the Christians among your students you will find an awareness of the ritual which is magical in nature, of what Carla would call “Communion,” where the infinite Creator in the shape of the Christ is poured forth into bread and wine and then into each of those who worships, thereby changing the entire vibration of each of the worshipers, so it is in many churches a watered-down experience, literally and figuratively, yet even in its diluted form it has the shape of the invocation of Love, so as one who attempts to aid others to become aware of the power of Love, it is a resource, and it is for you to decide how to approach this facet of your quest. On March 21, 1982, Latwii spoke of the magical nature of Communion:

Again, we may return to the magical nature of that which is known as blood, but we now move to the time/space or metaphysical portion when discussing that activity which is known to your peoples as the Holy Communion.

The entity known as Jesus did possess a knowledge that was deep upon the subject of the magical transfiguration, shall we say, of Its source of enlightenment or power unto those whom He desired to serve. It was well aware that the ritual of communion would provide those entities revering it with a means of making an opening within the time/space portion of their beings for the Love and Light of the one Creator to fill that opening, depending upon how efficiently the entity had prepared its being to receive this vital energy, much as a transfusion, if we may continue our analogy.

This particular type of ritual does focus, then, upon the aspects which you might call positive in the transferring of the power of the magical nature of life fluids and life energies which course through all creation. This type of ritual known as the Holy Communion does, then, allow each who partakes of it to drink of the life-giving beingness of the Father, so that those transfers of energy and of power are those which seek to serve the others of the being so that there is an increase in the level of awareness of the unity of all creation within those who partake within the ritual of communion.

Asyou continue asking for help, concepts shall come to you. We encourage you to trust them and to allow new ways and thoughts and strategies to roll around within your mind in a way that does not tag them and order them, but instead allows them to roll and to tumble together, for you are asking of yourself that which is illogical and paradoxical. These two elements almost guarantee that you are on the right track, spiritually speaking, but it does mean that you cannot apply the rigors of intellectual order to your creative process. Rather, let the concepts which arise play like puppies, tumbling and rolling and allow, rather than force, your strategy to unfold. There is a great deal to be said for the power of suggestion, and you will find when you gather a group together that there is a group energy that begins immediately to prevail. Since you have an intellectual property upon which you may base those strategies which you employ at a gathering of entities, that intellectual property, that book, those ideas, create a filter. Those who filter through the book to you to learn more are ready for a group experience that is a transcendent one. Know that at such gatherings you have a tremendous arsenal of resources in the unseen realms.

There is much power in your own guidance and in the guidance systems of those in a group. Further, there are oversoul energies connected with various entities in that group, depending upon what planetary influences from which they may have originated.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

Many of those who would be drawn to a gathering you offer shall already be aware of having angelic help. You may call not only Archangel Michael, but also all of the Archangels to such gatherings. All in all, my brother, not even mentioning those of the Confederation who would be honored to lend their Love and their Light to any such effort, you have a wonderful group of resources from the unseen realms. And we encourage you to be aware of it and to use it and to give thanks for it. We say this even though it is obvious to you, my brother, having had this ‘until angelic help is requested in space/time, it cannot be offered.  Consequently, ask always and thank always that great band of angels, who are, in their own way, warriors for the light.

Q’uo said as you continue asking for help, concepts shall come to you, and we encourage you to trust them and to allow new thoughts to roll around within your mind in a way that does not order them but allows them to tumble together, for you are asking of yourself that which is paradoxical, so these two elements guarantee that you are on the right track, spiritually speaking, but it does mean that you cannot apply the rigors of intellectual order to your creative process, but let the concepts which arise play like puppies, tumbling and rolling, and allow your strategy to unfold because there is a great deal to be said for the power of suggestion, and you will find when you gather a group together that there is a group energy that begins to prevail since you have an intellectual property upon which you may base those strategies which you employ at a gathering of entities, and that intellectual property, that book, or ideas create a filter, so those who filter through the book to you to learn more are ready for a group experience that is a transcendent one, so know that at such gatherings you have a tremendous arsenal of resources in the unseen realms. Then Q’uo said there is power in your guidance and in the guidance systems of those in a group, and there are oversoul energies connected with various entities in that group, depending upon what planetary influences from which they may have originated, and many of those who would be drawn to a gathering you offer shall already be aware of having angelic help, so you may call not only Archangel Michael, but also all of the Archangels to such gatherings, as well as those of the Confederation who would be honored to lend their Love and their Light to any such effort, so you have a wonderful group of resources from the unseen realms, so we encourage you to use it and to give thanks for it, and we say this even though it is obvious to you that until angelic help is requested in space/time, it cannot be offered, so always ask for it, and give thanks to that great band of angels, who are warriors for the Light. On May 23, 2009, Q’uo said that we all have angelic help if we but call for it:

Another resource for those who wish to increase their stability within this challenging psychic atmosphere is the help and consolation of the guidance system that you have about you. You have your higher self, in whatever way you wish to conceive of that entity, which is your highest and best self and to which you have access simply by asking. You have angelic help. And for wanderers, there is also the aid of the social memory complex from which you came. All of these loving and caring allies are as close to you as your next thought. And it is the wise seeker who disciplines himself to turn in thought to thanksgiving for this help and to the asking of it, for it is truly said that it is to those who ask that response is given. Therefore, enter the silence, my friends, and ask.

We at this time would ask the one known as M if there is a follow-up to this query before we move on to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

M: Can this Love energy information also help those with the post-traumatic stress syndrome?

We are those of Q’uo, and do not perceive a query, my brother, but would you wish us to speak upon the connection between this love energy and those with post traumatic stress syndrome?

M: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and are glad to do so, my brother. The nature of this syndrome is much like the nature of those who have taken a powerful hallucinogenic that has blown out their electrical system, or as this instrument would say, their energy bodies. As you know, the model of the energy body that we use with this instrument and with our discussions in general is that of a string of energy centers that together create a body that is interpenetrated with the physical body during incarnation. To speak generally, my brother, it is an electric system, and it is prone to surges that blow out part of or all of the electrical system so that it becomes dysfunctional. Because of the fact that this particular kind of energy is a time/space energy, it can only be healed by Light. The medicaments of your allopathic  physicians and their vast panoply of techniques for discussing the laying to rest of experiences that were too horrible for words can ameliorate the energies of distress and chaos. However, they operate only upon the physical body, and it is the energy body which has been damaged.

Further, there is an element of spiritual suffering that is not often seen in less traumatic situations. When a healer wishes to aid an entity with such distress, it might be well to have the image of the blown-out part of the energy body as a gap in the Light so that one could imagine oneself sewing threads of Light back and forth over the hole that has been caused by the trauma and then weaving Light against those woven threads to form a darn in the hole of the sock, shall we say, of the energy body. Those who work with energy, such as Reiki masters and those who have the gift of touch healing are often conduits for this Light work. Angelic help may be invoked for angels are wonderful sewers of Light and weavers of healing. When the intention is to offer this kind of healing, then there is the possibility of touch and visualization. The work, however, needs to be done in an atmosphere of awareness that those who lay on hands, those that do the visualization, are not of themselves doing anything but offering a conduit, a channel if you will, through which Light may come.

M asked: “Can this Love energy information also help those with the post-traumatic stress syndrome?” Q’uo said the nature of this syndrome is much like the nature of those who have taken a powerful hallucinogenic that has blown out their energy bodies, and as you know, the model of the energy body that we use with Carla is that of a string of energy centers that create a body that is interpenetrated with the physical body during incarnation, so it is an electric system which is prone to surges that blow out part of or all of the electrical system so that it becomes dysfunctional, and this kind of energy is a time/space energy, so it can only be healed by Light, and the medicaments of your allopathic physicians and their techniques for discussing the laying to rest of experiences that were too horrible for words can ameliorate the energies of distress and chaos, but they operate only upon the physical body, and it is the energy body which has been damaged. Q’uo went on to say there is an element of spiritual suffering that is not often seen in less traumatic situations, so when a healer wishes to aid an entity with such distress, it might be well to have the image of the blown-out part of the energy body as a gap in the Light so that one could imagine oneself sewing threads of Light back and forth over the hole that has been caused by the trauma and then weaving Light against those woven threads to sew the hole closed in the energy body, so those who work with energy, such as Reiki masters and those who have the gift of touch healing are often conduits for this Light work, and angelic help may be invoked for angels are wonderful sewers of Light and weavers of healing, so when the intention is to offer this kind of healing, then there is the possibility of touch and visualization, but the work needs to be done in an atmosphere of awareness that those who lay on hands, those that do the visualization, are not of themselves doing anything but offering a channel through which Light may come. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo gave a detailed description of our energy body:

If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting. That is how you came from the manufacturer. Your light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant, and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

The process of disease occurs when the balance that is the default setting for wellness in your particular physical vehicle and energy body becomes upset. Such balances can become upset because of purely physical and mechanical reasons. If you fall and break your bone, there may be no higher interpretation of such an event. You simply had an unlucky accident. However, if you are a seeker on the path, it is well to open up your mind and your thinking to the possibility that some imbalance in your energy body threw you off so that you were literally out of balance and so you fell.

If you look at health as strictly physical, you will go with an unlucky accident. You will go to the doctor, follow the doctor’s orders, and eventually you can get well. You will not have learned anything. Your physical vehicle was damaged and then it repaired itself.

If you go with the latter explanation, that there were imbalances within your energy body, you may still go to a medical doctor for help with healing the body, but you may also go within to that divine healer that lives within your consciousness. When you choose to examine your thinking, your actions, and the possible ways to look at the balances of your energy system, you open yourself up to a whole level of powerful possibilities that are not there if you stay strictly within the physical parameters in your thinking.

Consequently, when entities decide to work with the game of incarnation at a deeper level than the physical body, they have made the choice to move into a faster lane as far as the pace of spiritual evolution because the sufferings and the woes of the physical existence are created as part of the work which lies before the consciousness you carry. That consciousness will use every bit of the suffering that you are able to penetrate with your faith. It will use it to learn how to return to the default setting. Many supposed miracle healings have been done simply because of the depth of an entity’s faith.

In general, when there is a movement away from perfect balance in any part of the energy body, the key word in looking for cause is fear. There has been a contraction away from the relaxed and peaceful default setting of the emotional and mental part of your physical vehicle. That contraction has pulled some part of your energy body into imbalance. That contraction was in one way or another caused by the faculty of fear.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

M: You’ve answered all my questions. Thank you very much.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask then if there is a final query before we leave this group? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo. My brother R, we thank you as well. Indeed, we thank all of those who have given their precious time and their energy in order to seek the truth this evening. It humbles us and gives us great pleasure to see the beauty of your auras as they blend together to create this sacred circle. The Light of this group creates a cone far above the roof of your dwelling and it is glorious to behold. Thank you, my brothers and sister. The energy of this instrument and this group begins to wane and so we would, at this time, take our leave of this group and this instrument, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I used my trimmer and weeded all the bushes, flowers, walkways, and Little Locust Creek.

This afternoon I ran some errands with my first stop being at Dairy Queen to get a medium sized chocolate milk shake for Calvin. Then I stopped at Speedway to fill a 5 gal. can with regular gasoline for my mower. Then I visit Calvin at the Valhalla Acute Care Home. When she woke up I gave her the milk shake, and then we talked about what has happened in each of our lives since we last talked. On the way home I stopped at Walmart’s to buy a staple gun. My second stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought come cat food for Benny. Then I stopped at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself and a tray of Dahlias. My last stop was at Walgreen’s where I bought some treats for Benny and some Kleenexes.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 25

Life Within Each Cell

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

The answer to many riddles lies beneath the surface of stone and earth and all things which seem hard, uninteresting and mundane.

The life within the stone and the earth and all things is an eternal part of the Spirit of living Love and exists in an eternal fashion. The life within each cell of the physical body rests in eternal life also, so that far from being a creature of darkness, the living body dwells in eternity as it dwells within the Earth sphere.

Open the thought about the body to the knowledge that it is instinct with the Holy Spirit of the living God and call upon the eternal life and health of each cell. Then you may feel the excitement of the cells of the body receiving permission to be what each cell truly is: a perfect representation of Love.

We leave you in the peace of that love, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-24

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 17, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, concerns how we become more a part of the life in which we find ourselves. Ra suggested that for a seeker wishing to do this there were three things that were important. One was to know the self. The second was to accept the self. And the third was to become the Creator. Could you briefly touch upon knowing ourselves and accepting ourselves in regards to how we then become the Creator? What does it mean to become the Creator?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle of those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege and an honor to be called to your circle. We are glad to speak with you this evening about knowing the self, accepting the self, and becoming the Creator. And we thank the one known as Jim for that query. As always, before we begin we would ask each of you who listens to or who reads these words to use your discernment and your discrimination, taking away from those opinions that we offer those thoughts that resonate within you and leaving other thoughts behind. For, my friends, how could we hit the mark every time for each of you? It is not possible. Therefore, please use your discrimination in that which you take away. Then we shall be able to put our minds at rest concerning the issue of free will, for we would not be a stumbling block in your way. We thank you for this consideration.

Yourquestion this evening is in three parts, and we shall attempt to touch upon each of those, focusing for the larger part upon becoming the Creator. The first of the three parts is knowing the self. Certainly, my friends, it takes years to know the self because of the fact that as a very young entity within incarnation, your parents and your teachers began explaining to you the way things were, and slowly you became acculturated and full of the awareness of many things that many people had said, some of which never made any sense to you, but all of which you were expected to learn and to use as a means of oiling the social machinery of getting through life. Each of you within the circle has noticed that many are those who go through life asleep, not thinking deeply about the self or the problems of society or anything except that which is involved in keeping the self fed and sheltered, paying the bills, and enjoying leisure in the way that each person chooses. These things are enough for some, but for each within this circle they have not been enough, and you have come awake from a planetary dream.

In some ways it is very inconvenient to live life awake. It is not as comfortable as enjoying the planetary dream. However, once awake, you cannot go back to sleep. You know that the world is larger and other than you have been told and you sense that you yourself are larger and other than you have been told. And so, you wonder who you are and why you are here. And that is the beginning of your spiritual quest. At first, knowing the self is often largely a matter of finding out what you are not and allowing those things that you are not to fall away from you so that you can be yourself. As you rest within yourself and start to get to know yourself, perhaps the quickest way to discover who you are is to rest in meditation at the end of each day and to go over your day, experience by experience, emotion by emotion, catalyst by catalyst. And when you see that emotion that has pulled you off balance you look at that emotion and ask, “How did I come to feel that? What trigger is there under the surface that was triggered that caused this emotion to flare up?”

The question was Ra suggested that for a seeker wishing to do this there were three things that were important. One was to know the self. The second was to accept the self. And the third was to become the Creator. Could you briefly touch upon knowing ourselves and accepting ourselves in regards to how we then become the Creator? What does it mean to become the Creator? Q’uo began by saying our question this evening is in three parts, and they shall attempt to touch upon each of those, focusing for the larger part upon becoming the Creator, and the first of the three parts is knowing our self, and it takes years to know our self because as a young entity within incarnation, our parents and our teachers began explaining to us the way things were, and we became aware of things that many people had said, some of which never made any sense to us, but all of which we were expected to learn and to use as a means of getting through our life, and each of us has noticed that many are those who go through life asleep, not thinking about the self, or the problems of society, or anything except that which is involved in keeping the self fed, and sheltered, paying the bills, and enjoying leisure in the way that each person chooses, and these things are enough for some, but for each within this circle they have not been enough, and we have come awake from a planetary dream. Q’uo went on to say in some ways it is inconvenient to live life awake since it is not as comfortable as enjoying the planetary dream, but once awake, we cannot go back to sleep because we know that the world is other than we have been told, and we sense that we are larger and other than we have been told, so we wonder who we are and why we are here, and that is the beginning of our spiritual quest, so at first knowing our self is a matter of finding out what we are not and allowing those things that we are not to fall away so that we can be our self, and as we rest within our self and get to know our self, the quickest way to discover who we are is to rest in meditation at the end of each day and to go over our day, catalyst by catalyst, and when we see that emotion that has pulled us off balance we look at that emotion and ask, “How did I come to feel that?” On October 9, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of the planetary dream:

Those within third density on Planet Earth at this time are sometimes deeply asleep within the planetary dream. There is often in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator. There is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth. And in that numbness, there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator or the thoughts of the one infinite Creator.

Lacking a direct apprehension of the Love and the Light of the One, there is a characteristic dullness of spirit. At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of Love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

At a level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of Love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of Love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of Love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

And as you look at these things that have troubled you, you discover that hidden beneath your emotional reactions have been crystals of pain that have been buried. And as you move these crystals of pain up into the daylight where you can look at them, in the process of seeing this origin of pain, usually from early childhood, you begin to see how you have been wounded. And as you release this wound and forgive it, you recover a part of your whole self. As you continue in your examination, day after day and year after year, you become aware that there are things in your life that repeatedly have troubled you. And that gives you the hint as to why you are here. For each entity comes into incarnation with an incarnational plan. It is not a plan that is predestined. It is a very flexible, redundant plan.

Each of you, before incarnation, along with your guidance, got together to have a really good look at the soul stream that you are and you thought, “I would like to become more balanced. I would like the love in my heart to have more wisdom that balances it.” Or perhaps you thought, “I have been so wise, but I would like my heart to open more. I would like that balance between love and wisdom.” Or perhaps you gazed at yourself and saw that in many incarnations you had been a powerful person, and you wanted to study the right use of that power. Whatever your incarnational lesson, you can be sure of two things: it is about balance, and it is unique to you. You do not have your incarnational plan in common with others. It is unique. As you find out more about the themes of your life, the lessons that you came here to learn in this school of life, as you may call third density on Planet Earth, you begin to get a sense of who you are, who you truly are when there is no company around and there is no one to impress, even yourself. And as you empty out all that smacks of pride or pretension or a story that doesn’t fit you into which you have perhaps been trying to fit, you finally become aware of something underlying your personality. That is what we would call consciousness.

Then Q’uo said as we look at these things that have troubled us, we discover that hidden beneath our emotional reactions have been crystals of pain that have been buried, and as we move these crystals of pain into the daylight where we can look at them, in the process of seeing this origin of pain, usually from early childhood, we begin to see how we have been wounded, and as we release this wound and forgive it, we recover a part of our whole self, so as we continue in our examination over time, we become aware that there are things in our life that have troubled us, and that gives us the hint as to why we are here, for each of us comes into incarnation with an incarnational plan, but it is not a plan that is predestined since it is flexible and redundant. Then Q’uo said each of us, before incarnation, along with our guidance, got together to have a look at our soul stream that we are and we thought, “I would like to become more balanced. I would like the love in my heart to have more wisdom that balances it,” or you thought, “I have been so wise, but I would like my heart to open more. I would like that balance between love and wisdom,” or we gazed at our self and saw that in many incarnations we had been a powerful person, and we wanted to study the right use of power, and whatever our incarnational lesson, we can be sure of two things: it is about balance, and it is unique to us, and we do not have our incarnational plan in common with others, so we find out more about the lessons that we came here to learn in this school of life, in third density on Planet Earth, and we begin to get a sense of who we are when there is no one to impress, even our self, and as we empty out all pride or a story that doesn’t fit us we finally become aware of something underlying our personality, and that is what Q’uo called consciousness. On November 9, 2019, Q’uo defined consciousness:

The Law of One says simply that all things, all beings, all is One, the One Infinite Creator, Intelligent Infinity, that which is all that is. Consciousness is a portion of the One Infinite Creator that becomes enabled, or created, when the universes begin to take shape as the One Infinite Creator and through free will creates the Logos or Love, which creates Light, which then condenses into the creation that is made of consciousness.

Thus, the consciousness comes from the One Infinite Creator’s unity. As each entity perceives its own consciousness, then it discovers that it is related to all other entities through this consciousness through its various levels of consciousness within its own being that move through the roots of the tree of mind into the subconscious, into the planetary consciousness, into racial consciousness, into cosmic consciousness, into the consciousness of all that is, all that is created.

Thus, if each entity begins to examine its own consciousness, then it discovers that it is as related to the One Infinite Creator as is any other entity or any other portion of the One Infinite Creation. Thus, to know the consciousness of the self is to know, in microcosm, that which is in macrocosm. Thus, the One Infinite Creator knows itself in each iota of beingness of its creation, and each iota of beingness of the creation knows itself as the One Infinite Creator.

You see, my friends, you are both of this world and not of this world. You are in a physical body, and your flesh and your bones attest to your being citizens of Planet Earth, made from the dust and expectant of returning to it at some point in the future. At the same time you are an infinite, eternal entity. You moved into life marrying your energy body with the physical body which you now enjoy. And when you drop this physical body at the end of your physical life you shall move onward into new experiences in your energy body once again. But for the span of this lifetime you have twinned these two bodies, and they are inseparable, intertwined and working together to create the experience of you as a person and as a soul. It is not just the physical body that reacts to those things that occur to you, it is also the energy body which is in a constant flux, opening and closing according to the ability of the self to feel safe and secure.

When the self does not feel safe or secure there is the contraction of the energy body, which lessens or sometimes cuts off completely the infinite flow of Love/Light which is in supply from the Creator in tremendous generosity. Consequently, in terms of knowing who you are, it is very well to find for yourself a haven, a safe place within yourself if not outside of yourself, a place where you may rest, and your energy body may flower, and open, and breathe in the Love/Light of the infinite Creator through the chakras, up through the heart, up through the higher chakras, and out again into the creation of the Father. The more you rest in this inner place of safety, the more you find out who you are.

Now Q’uo said we are both of this world and not of this world, so we are in a physical body, and our flesh and bones verify our being citizens of Earth, made from the dust and returning to it at some point in the future, and at the same time we are an infinite entity, so we moved into life marrying our energy body with the physical body we now enjoy, and when we drop our physical body at the end of our life we shall move onward into new experiences in our energy body, but for this lifetime we have twinned these two bodies, and they are working together to create the experience of us as a soul, but it is not just our physical body that reacts to those things that occur to us, it is also our energy body which is in a constant flux, opening and closing according to the ability of our self to feel safe. Q’uo continued by saying when we do not feel safe there is the contraction of our energy body, which lessens or cuts off the infinite flow of Love/Light of the Creator, so in terms of knowing who we are, it is very well to find a haven within our self, if not outside of our self, a place where we may rest, and our energy body may flower and breathe in the Love/Light of the infinite Creator through our chakras, up through the heart, the higher chakras, and out again into the creation of the Father, so the more we rest in this inner place of safety, the more we find out who we are. On May 10, 2008, Q’uo described the nature of our energy body:

Your energy body is the governing field of your mind, body, and spirit. It joins the physical body at some time around physical birth willingly and consciously interpenetrating the physical body that is the opportunity for a lifetime of experience within the illusion of planet Earth. Throughout your life, then, your energy body and your physical body are indistinguishable in terms of any worldly observation or scientific ability to measure the potential difference between the physical and the metaphysical.

It is the energy body that feeds the perceptions of the physical body. As the physical body, mind, and emotions gather catalyst and experience, the harvest of those thoughts and emotions moves into the energy body in an endless loop.

Your energy body is fed by the Logos. In local terms it is fed by the energy of your sun which pours its Light, its energy, and power into the Earth. Planet Earth, your Mother, receives this energy in infinite amounts and sends it from the very heart and womb of the Earth in a radiating pattern from the very core of the planet, outward in every direction, coming up through the ground so that you may absorb it with your feet as you walk upon the earth. It enters the energy body at the joining of the legs, which is the seat of the red-ray chakra, the first of the seven chakras that together comprise your energy body.

This infinite Love/Light of the Creator that streams into the red ray will, if not baffled, blocked or narrowed, move freely and powerfully into the heart, letting the heart open and bloom like a flower, thereby setting the stage for the potential for work in consciousness.

And as you do this work within yourself, as inner work, you will find the outer life laying itself out before you somewhat differently. For the more secure and serene you are in terms of who you are, the less it matters to you as to what others think of you. The less tension there is concerning relationships with others and so forth, the more you are able to focus your attention on supporting and caring for those around you in any way that is possible. So, little by little, as you come to know yourself better, as you relax around who you are and why you are here, you can begin to enjoy the classroom in this school of souls.

Naturally, any class will have occasional tests. And those are the times when difficulties occur, and you must undergo that feeling of chaos and isolation that comes when you know not what is happening or how to respond. Let those occasions teach you who you are, as you observe and cooperate with this chaos, this isolation, this dark night of the soul. Move into it as if it were a gift and give thanks for it. For such gifts come to you with great blessings in their hands. Later, as you look back on moments in your life which have been full of chaos and transformation, you see the brilliance of the plan. You see how much you learned and how much you took away, how much you gained in the gifts of the spirit.

Q’uo went on to say as we do this inner work within our self we  will find the outer life laying itself out before us differently, for the more secure we are in terms of who we are, the less it matters what others think of us, and the less tension there is concerning relationships with others, so the more we are able to focus our attention on supporting those around us in any way, and as we come to know our self better, and as we relax around who we are and why we are here, we can enjoy the classroom in this school of souls. Then Q’uo said any class will have occasional tests, and those are times when difficulties occur, and we must undergo that feeling of chaos that comes when we don’t know what is happening or how to respond, so we can let those occasions teach us who we are as we observe and cooperate with this chaos of the dark night of the soul, and move into it and give thanks for it, for such gifts come to us with blessings in their hands, and as we look back on moments in our life which have been full of chaos and transformation, we see the brilliance of the plan, and we see how much we learned and how much we gained in the gifts of the spirit. On August 7, 2007, Q’uo described the function of the dark night of the soul for us:

The process which you have called The Purgative Way is intrinsic to the Light, just as the Light is intrinsic to the Dark Night of the Soul. Indeed, that process of spiritual evolution is a spiral; not simply a cycle but a spiral at which, at the same point in the spiral but higher, you enter the natural, intended, fruitful, and challenging Dark Night. And well it is called the Dark Night of the Soul, for both the Light and the dark parts of this spiral are designed to ready the spirit within to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity.

We, therefore, confirm your assumption that those who are new or feel that they are young upon the spiritual path do go through the Dark Night of the Soul. However, there are many witnesses throughout history who have written about the fact that the night will come again and again as long as you are incarnate in third density. This is not a function of punishment or judgment, but of your desire to progress spiritually.

Therefore, we ask you who are in this process of getting to know yourself to trust the process. It is not always comfortable. You did not come here actually to be comfortable. You came here to improve the balance of your personality, to improve your sturdiness as a servant of the Light. Beyond all things you came here to serve the Light. And the way that you serve the Light in this classroom of Planet Earth is to allow the Light to flow through you. So, you may think of your life, if you will, as that of an instrumentalist who is tuning her instrument so that it can be played in sweet tune and beautiful harmony.

Now what, you may ask, is the tuning? My friends, because this is the creation of the Logos, whose name is unconditional Love, you are tuning to that Logos. You are tuning to be an instrument of Love. You are unique, as we have said before, and each person takes the Light as it flows through her and allows it to shine forth as through a stained-glass window. The colors of your windows are the colors of your emotions, your thoughts, your ideals, those things that you hold dear, those things that are most deeply you. And as you see yourself as an instrument and treat yourself with enormous respect and honor, you begin to feel that you are an instrument. As the one known as Francis  said, you are an instrument of His peace. You came to hold a space through which Light may flow through you and out into the world to lighten the consciousness of Planet Earth at this time. For it is a very intense time, a time of harvest, a time of transformation for your planet.

Q’uo continued by asking us, who we are in this process of getting to know our self, to trust the process since it is not always comfortable, and we did not come here to be comfortable, but we came here to improve the balance of our personality, to improve our sturdiness as a servant of the Light, and beyond all things we came here to serve the Light, and the way that we serve the Light in this classroom of Earth is to allow the Light to flow through us, so we may think of our life as that of an instrumentalist who is tuning her instrument so that it can be played in sweet tune and beautiful harmony. Now Q’uo said because this is the creation of the Logos, whose name is unconditional Love, we are tuning to that Logos to be an instrument of Love, and we are unique, so each of us takes the Light as it flows through us and allows it to shine forth as through a stained-glass window, so the colors of our windows are the colors of our emotions and our thoughts that we hold dear, and as we see our self as an instrument and treat our self with respect and honor, we begin to feel that we are an instrument, and as Francis said, we are an instrument of His peace, and we came to hold a space through which Light may flow through us and out into the world to lighten the consciousness of Earth at this time, for it is an intense time of harvest and of transformation for our planet. On September 29, 2002, Q’uo described the time of harvest on our planet:

The time of harvest is now. There are many souls who move through the doors of what you call death which move them into the light, and they remain in that Light for as long as it is possible to enjoy the Light before it becomes too glaring, too strong, and too intense. Then the step from the Light is made, and for many at this time the step is into the fourth density of compassion and understanding. The length in your measurement in terms of months or years is not that which any can accurately assess, for it is indeed a fluid process responsive to the group mind/body/spirit complexes that populate your planet at this time and the choices that are made by individuals and groups seeking to share the Light, seeking to become the Light. Thus, it is possible for a great amount of work to be done in a short period of your time due to the traumatic nature of many experiences and events taking place upon your Earth world at this time. Thus, we cannot with any certainty give you even a general idea beyond a decade or two, which we realize is not terribly specific according to your measurements of time and experience.

You were very courageous to choose to be here now and hold the Light now. But you did not know before incarnation just how difficult it would be. Please know that you are not alone. Your guidance is as close to you as your breathing. We can be called upon by mentally saying our name, and we will offer to you an aid in stabilizing your meditations if you wish. And it’s not that we have anything to say, we simply are with you to love you and give you a feeling of safety. Knowing the self builds upon itself. When you first begin to know yourself, usually through the mirrors of other people and pondering what bothers you and what pleases you and taking all of those things into contemplation, you are disturbed by what you find. For you have a shadow side. We ask you to look fully into that shadow side, knowing that since all is one you are all things and you have a full range of selfhood.

Naturally, you have emphasized those parts of your personality which seem good to you. Yet those sides of the personality which seem dark are just as worthy, and just as worthy of respect, shall we say. They are a part of you, and they need to be loved and honored. And this is where you come into accepting yourself. It often takes a long time to see yourself fully—the self that is the murderer, the rapist, the thief, the liar, all of those things you would never be, you would never act out. Yet you see them coming to you through the eyes, the actions, the thoughts of other people. And you say, “That couldn’t be me. That’s very disturbing.” And yet, my friends, you have those aspects within you. And they need to be acknowledged and loved and accepted. And then they need to be given orders from the daylight side, for they have their part to play in your service here.

Q’uo said we were courageous to choose to be here now and hold the Light, but we did not know before incarnation just how difficult it would be, but we are not alone because our guidance is as close to us as our breathing, and Q’uo can be called upon by mentally saying their name, and they will offer us aid in stabilizing our meditations, and it’s not that they have anything to say, but they are with us to love us and give us a feeling of safety since knowing our self builds upon our self, and when we begin to know our self, usually through the mirrors of other people and pondering what bothers us and what pleases us and taking all of those things into contemplation, we are disturbed by what we find, for we have a shadow side, so Q’uo asked us to look fully into that shadow side, knowing that since all is one we are all things, and we have a full range of selfhood. So Q’uo said we have emphasized those parts of our personality which seem good to us, yet those sides of our personality which seem dark are just as worthy of respect, for they are a part of us, and they need to be loved and honored, so this is where we come into accepting our self, and it takes a long time to see our self fully—the self that is the murderer, the rapist, the thief, the liar, all of those things we would never be, and we would never act out, yet we see them coming to us through the actions and thoughts of other people, and we say, “That couldn’t be me. That’s very disturbing.” And yet we have those aspects within us, and they need to be acknowledged and loved, and then they need to be given orders from the daylight side, for they have their part to play in our service here. On January 10, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our shadow side:

We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are.

In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the Light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state.

If you take the thief, and the rapist, and the murderer, and all of those anarchic elements, what they have in common is a kind of strength that sometimes is missing from the sweeter and more angelic side. And you need to have that grit, that perseverance, that ability to be bloody-minded for the good, to hold your ground, to hold the Light and to remain yourself. Those shadow sides of personality are the elements that give you the depth of ability to stand your ground. They give teeth to your ideals. They give you a toughness that you would not otherwise have. And these are good things. Consequently, we ask you as you look at yourself, as you get to know yourself, as you find these non-integrated portions of your shadow side, and to lift them up into your arms and to love them, to cradle them to you and to say, “Come work with me for the light. Come with me into the light.”

Now we come to becoming the Creator. We said earlier that there are two parts of you, the earthly part and the eternal part. There are also two minds within you, your intellect and the consciousness which one could call the mind of the heart. Your intellect dwells in space/time, in physical reality. It is finite. It is a problem-solving computer. It does its job very well. It is unique to you and each intellect is its own beast, shall we say. It is part of you, the animal, that great ape that has stopped growing hair and started using tools. Consciousness, on the other hand, dwells in infinity and eternity. And it is common to all of you because it is the energy, the consciousness, the beingness, of the one infinite Creator. As you walk into the woods on a summer’s day, all the trappings of civilization fall apart and only the song of birds and the soughing of the wind in the leaves speaks to you. You can sink from surface intellect into consciousness, and you are one with the singing of the birds and the soughing of the wind through the leaves. The intellect stills and falls away and you rest in the mind of the infinite One.

So Q’uo said if we take the thief, the rapist, the murderer, and all of those chaotic elements, what they have in common is a kind of strength that sometimes is missing from our sweeter and more angelic side, and we need to have that grit, perseverance, and ability to hold the Light and to remain our self because those shadow sides of our personality are the elements that give us the ability to stand our ground, and they give us a toughness that we would not otherwise have, so as we get to know our self by finding these non-integrated portions of our shadow side we can lift them up into our arms and to love them and to say, “Come work with me for the light. Come with me into the light.” Then Q’uo said now they come to becoming the Creator, and they said that there are two parts of us, the earthly part and the eternal part, and there are also two minds within us, our intellect and the consciousness which could be  called the mind of the heart, and our intellect dwells in space/time, and it is a problem-solving computer, so it is unique to us, and each intellect is that great ape that has stopped growing hair and started using tools, and consciousness dwells in infinity, and it is common to all of us because it is the consciousness of the one infinite Creator, so as we walk into the woods on a summer’s day, all the trappings of civilization fall apart, and only the song of birds and the sound of the wind in the leaves speaks to us, and we can sink from surface intellect into consciousness, and we are one with the singing of the birds and the sound of the wind through the leaves, and then our intellect stills and falls away and we rest in the mind of the infinite One. On March 3, 1996, Q’uo spoke of our consciousness being that of the Creator:

There are some who consider that there dwells within this level of mind that higher self or guidance which can move from the subconscious up through the threshold of consciousness into the living day of conscious mind. This is a process to be encouraged. Further, there are levels of mind progressively more profound and progressively more spacious in terms of the amount of Light which illuminates and fills consciousness. These levels are of the lower subconscious and contain that racial history which is the consciousness of the second-density physical vehicle which supports and carries your consciousness. There are inner guides within these darker and more obscure levels of consciousness. There in the deep portions of mind exist the mind of the archetypes, and, indeed, ultimately the ground of consciousness becomes that which is, and that which is is the Creator Itself.

The song of the infinite One is a song of Love. And you find that your breathing in is a breathing in of Love, and your breathing out is the answering of Love to Love. And you are part of the dance of all that is. You may do this in your chair if you cannot walk in the woods. You may do this in a church, or a temple, or an ashram. You may do this, indeed, anywhere, for you are every bit as much consciousness as you are intellect. You are every bit as much the eternal soul as you are a child of dust. Becoming the Creator is a process of allowing consciousness to supplant the intellect. You can be nothing else but the Creator. That is a given, although you cannot prove this. You can only know it by faith. Faith and unknowing alone will tell you that you are a spark of the Creator, a holograph, in a way, of the Godhead principle, shall we say.

Your deepest self vibrates in unconditional Love as part of the Creator. Consequently, becoming the Creator is a matter of allowing this impersonal, deeply loving consciousness to become a greater and greater part of your everyday beingness. The “I” of you will become more and more deeply and truly the “I” that is you as you enter more and more into the awareness of consciousness, where the “I” is an “I” that is one with Christ, one with unconditional Love. It is not that you become unconditional Love, for you were unconditional Love the whole time. It is that you find ways, as you come to know yourself and accept yourself just the way you are, to allow consciousness in.

Now Q’uo said the song of the infinite One is a song of Love, and we find that our breathing in is a breathing in of Love, and our breathing out is the answering of Love to Love, so we are part of the dance of all that is, and we may do this in our chair if we cannot walk in the woods, or we may do this in a church, or a temple, or an ashram, or anywhere, for we are as much consciousness as we are intellect, and we are as much an eternal soul as we are a child of dust, so becoming the Creator is a process of allowing consciousness to replace our intellect, so we can be nothing else but the Creator, but we cannot prove this since only faith will tell us that we are a spark of the Creator. Q’uo went on to say our deepest self vibrates in unconditional Love as part of the Creator, so becoming the Creator is a matter of allowing this deeply loving consciousness to become a greater part of our everyday beingness, so the “I” of us will become more deeply and truly the “I” that is us as we enter more into the awareness of consciousness, where the “I” is an “I” that is one with Christ, one with unconditional Love, and It is not that we become unconditional Love, for we have been unconditional Love the whole time, so it is that we find ways to allow consciousness to grow in us as we come to know our self and accept our self just the way we are. On March 30, 2005, Q’uo described the nature of unconditional Love:

Perhaps our first thought is simply to say that when this instrument challenges spirits she does so in the name of Jesus the Christ, and we come to her on that vibration. It is a vibration of unconditional Love, and further it is an unconditional Love that is willing to lift away from all concerns of self or the cost to the self of service to others, with the only goal being that of sharing in a wholehearted and complete way, insofar as we are able, the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator as expressed through the unconditional Love of Jesus the Christ. This is clearly a vibration which is other than that vibration which is spoken of in the body of work which you know of as the New Testament.

You see, there is a part of the intellect that fears extinction. And it fears that if the consciousness of Love, which is impersonal, becomes more and more a part of your personality, you shall lose your individuality. My friends, nothing could be less true. It is only as you begin to become aware of the deepest part of yourself, that part that is a servant of the Light, that you find yourself breathing more freely and being able to do those things that you do in the world with a fresh eagerness and an appetite for more. For life becomes sweet and beautiful, and adventurous when you are that entity who awakens to a new day with the awareness of eternity as well as the world of finite things. It is a long journey. It is a journey which will close as you close your earthly eyes for the last time. It is a long game, a game which has a simple strategy: know the self, accept the self, become the Creator. As you discover the deeper parts of yourself, the Creator-self, you will find that your eyes are opened to find the good and the Love and the peace that is possible in all situations. You will find yourself becoming sturdier, more stable, more unfazed by the world of ten thousand things, as this instrument would say.

Settle in for that long walk. It is a beautiful walk, my friends. It is one with a good ending, and in reference to life as a game, it is a game that you can win. You have only to love and to allow yourself to be loved in return. For, my friends, the Creator Loves you more than you can possibly imagine. You are surrounded with Love. There is a web of Love around you that is partially angelic and partially that of your guidance, which you could call your higher self, that highest and best self that is a gift to you from yourself in sixth density. Rest in the web of love that surrounds you and be infinitely curious as you witness this life. You came here to create according to your desires that which you wished. Therefore, shape your desires to match your deepest self, and the deepest desires of which you are aware. And seek always to go deeper, to learn more and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment. For the present moment is that marvelous point of connection between eternity and the physical illusion. It is in the very present moment, as you apprehend it, that awareness can expand, that the answers can be found, that the door can be opened when you knock. Thusly, attempt to stay, as the one known as B said, in the present. There is the paydirt. There is that which you seek. There is the service and there is the learning. And let your knowledge of yourself and your acceptance of yourself grow organically as does your path of service.

Now, some came to this place strictly to be, to be a space which was capable of transmuting infinite Light into that energy which blesses your physical planet. Others came not only to serve as holders of the space through which light can flow but also to offer outer services. There is no difference in the value of inner service and outer service. Thusly, we wish to assure each of you that, whether or not you are presently involved in an outer service, you are serving as you came to serve. You are on task. You are on mission, and all is well. Let yourself become. That is the secret. Do not reach, do not push, but set your intention to know and to serve every day and let that intention arrange for you that which you need for today in order to progress.

Now Q’uo said there is a part of our intellect that fears extinction, and it fears that if the consciousness of Love, which is impersonal, becomes more a part of our personality, we shall lose our individuality, but nothing could be less true because it is as we begin to become aware of the deepest part of our self,  that part that is a servant of the Light, that we find our self breathing more freely and being able to do those things that we do in the world with an eagerness and an appetite for more, for life becomes beautiful and adventurous when we are that entity who awakens to a new day with the awareness of eternity as well as the world of finite things, so it is a long journey, and a journey which will close as we close our eyes for the last time after our game is over which had the strategy to know our self, accept our self, and become the Creator, so as we discover the deeper parts of our self, the Creator-self, we will find that our eyes are opened to find the good, the Love, and the peace that is possible in all situations, and we will find our self becoming more stable and more unfazed by the world of ten thousand things. Then Q’uo said settle in for that long walk since in reference to life as a game, it is a game that we can win, so we have only to love and to allow our self to be loved in return, for the Creator Loves us more than we can imagine, and there is a web of Love around us that is partially angelic and partially of our guidance, which we could call our higher self that is a gift to us from our self in sixth density, so rest in the web of Love that surrounds us, and be curious as we witness this life because we came here to create according to our desires that which we wished, so we must shape our desires to match our deepest self, and seek to go deeper, to learn more, and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment, for the present moment is that point of connection between eternity and the physical illusion, and it is in the very present moment that our awareness can expand, that answers can be found, that the door can be opened when we knock, so attempt to stay in the present, for there is the service and there is the learning which we seek, and let our knowledge of our self and acceptance of our self grow organically as does our path of service. Q’uo continued by saying some came to this place strictly to be a space which was capable of transmuting infinite Light into that energy which blesses our physical planet, and others came not only to serve as holders of the space through which Light can flow but also to offer outer services, so there is no difference in the value of inner service and outer service, so whether or not we are involved in an outer service, we are serving as we came to serve, and all is well, so the secret is to let our self to become, but do not reach, and set our intention to know and to serve every day, and let that intention arrange for us that which we need for today in order to progress. On December 19, 2002, Q’uo spoke of the nature of inner service:

The service of the inner type, as each in this group is aware, is the more central service, since it works upon the soul of the planet, the soul of the entity, and the soul of the group entity that is the self and those other selves that are even now becoming more and more able to form the basic structure of trust and sharing that is the foundation for fourth-density shared memory. Although the inner service is the central service, it is often the least easy to accomplish because of its very simplicity and its nature of being essence rather than form. Consequently, it is often the more efficient route to rest within one’s outer gifts while one is becoming more aware of the beauty of the inner self.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we take other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and the resounding silence would suggest to us that there is no follow-up to the main question this evening. Consequently, we would ask if there is another query in the circle at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I have a question.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to hear your question, my sister.

L: Am I suffering from demonic possession?

We are those of Q’uo, and have not heard a question precisely but perhaps you wish us to speak on this subject?

L: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to do that, my sister. My sister, it is indeed a crowded universe, as you well know. Most entities have a natural protection against infringement by outside entities due to the fact that they are firmly and soundly asleep within the dream of earthly life and do not have the sensitivity to be aware of other entities. When an entity is able to open his awareness and increases sensitivity in a slow and carefully controlled atmosphere it can be very helpful to some entities to make the acquaintance of entities which come from elsewhere, for they have had the opportunity to develop what this instrument would call the tuning in order to call to the self those entities which are congruent in vibration with the self. There are instances when a person’s energy body is overmastered by an energy which is more powerful than the system can bear. It is as if the energy body were an electrical system and a surge has come through the system and blown out one or another of the chakras.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

When this has occurred suddenly and traumatically, as with the ingestion of an overdose of a drug or as in instances that are not so easily explained, this creates a hole in the aura, an unintended and unasked-for portal through which entities have access to your energy body. We are simplifying and generalizing in order to speak upon the subject in a simple way.

However this has occurred, and wherever in the energy body it has occurred, there is no medicament in the pharmacopoeia of your doctors that will enable you to close that portal. Therefore, we would encourage one who is experiencing the phenomenon of unwanted entry through portals of entities which are unwelcome, to seek the aid of those healers who work with energy rather than the physical body. The entity who has had such holes in the aura can do a great deal to mend that hole or holes by means of adopting that way of living which focuses upon that which is loved, that which is held dear, and setting the intention each and every day to be true to that which is good, and beautiful, and true. Such thoughts are like thread with which you are weaving, from side to side and from top to bottom, in this hole in the aura.

Thoughts in the world of the metaphysical are things. Thusly, in firm intention each day, visualize with angelic help that you are “darning the sock” of your energy body, as it were, darning that hole with a thread of gold, a thread of silver, all the precious things moving from side to side and weaving from top to bottom again and again affirming the good, the true, and the beautiful. It may take time, my sister, but there is healing in thought and that is one thing over which you have control. Many injurious thoughts may rage against the good, the true, and the beautiful, but it does not stop them from being the good, the true, and the beautiful. Mud and stones can be thrown at sunshine, but it does not stop the sun from shining, nor does it stop the true from being true and the beautiful from being beautiful and the good from being good.

L’s question was: “Am I suffering from demonic possession?” Q’uo said it is a crowded universe, as you well know because most entities have a natural protection against infringement by outside entities due to the fact that they are soundly asleep within the dream of earthly life and do not have the sensitivity to be aware of other entities, so when an entity is able to open their awareness and increases sensitivity in a carefully controlled atmosphere it can be very helpful to make the acquaintance of entities which come from elsewhere, for they have had the opportunity to develop what Carla would call the tuning in order to call to the self those entities which are congruent in vibration with the self, and there are instances when a person’s energy body is overmastered by an energy which is more powerful than the system can bear, and it is as if the energy body were an electrical system, and a surge has come through the system and blown out one or another of the chakras, so when this has occurred suddenly as with the ingestion of an overdose of a drug or as in instances that are not so easily explained, this creates a hole in the aura, an unintended portal through which entities have access to your energy body. Q’uo went on to say that however this has occurred, and wherever in the energy body it has occurred, there is no medicine prescribed by your doctors that will enable you to close that portal, so we would encourage one who is experiencing the phenomenon of unwanted entry through portals of entities which are unwelcome, to seek the aid of those healers who work with energy rather than the physical body since the entity who has had such holes in the aura can do a great deal to mend that hole or holes by means of adopting that way of living which focuses upon that which is loved, that which is held dear, and setting the intention every day to be true to that which is beautiful and true, for such thoughts are like thread with which you are weaving, from side to side and from top to bottom, in this hole in the aura. Now Q’uo said thoughts in the world of the metaphysical are things, so in firm intention each day, visualize with angelic help that you are “darning the sock” of your energy body, darning that hole with a thread of gold, a thread of silver, all the precious things moving from side to side and weaving from top to bottom again and again affirming the good, the true, and the beautiful, and it may take time, but there is healing in thought, and that is one thing over which you have control, and many injurious thoughts may rage against the good, the true, and the beautiful, but it does not stop them from being the good, the true, and the beautiful, so mud and stones can be thrown at sunshine, but it does not stop the sun from shining, nor does it stop the true from being true and the beautiful from being beautiful and the good from being good. On April 21, 2002, Q’uo said that in the metaphysical world thoughts are things:

It is such exercise of faith and will that makes you stronger as metaphysical beings. It is your intentions, your desires, that have strength, that have power, in the spiritual world, for there thoughts are things, and it is by the way you think, the attitude that is your fingerprint in the metaphysical sense that you are able to do work in consciousness, that you are able to change consciousness in the magical sense, that you are able to access deeper portions of the subconscious mind and to bring them forth into consciousness that they there might find a room and a reach into which they might have effect in your daily life. And that, indeed, you begin to change yourself as you continue this journey, a continual movement from one image of yourself to another so that you are a new and risen being moving into the fourth density of love and compassion.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: Thank you, thank you.

We thank you, my sister. May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

My friends, we find that the silence speaks for itself. We have exhausted the queries in this circle at this time, at least those that are upon your lips, not those upon your hearts, but we would not infringe upon those unasked questions which you carry with you. It is such a privilege to have been with you tonight. We are in awe at the beauty of your shared vibrations and at the sacred space that you have built together, a temple of Light far above this dwelling which to angelic eyes is most beautiful. Thank you for seeking the truth. Thank you for calling us to share our humble hearts with you. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends, Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and used my trimmer to weed the gardens around the fishpond, the area between the fishpond and the pet cemetery, and the pet cemetery. Then I used the backpack blower to clean the walkway around the fishpond.

This afternoon I went back outside and used the trimmer to trim the weeds in the side yard between the garage and my home, the Wuthering Heights Garden in the front yard, and the Flower Fall Gardens on the other side of the front yard. Then I used my backpack blower to blow the front porch and the sidewalks in the front yard clean.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 24

Peace, Be Still

I am the principle of infinite compassion which is the Love of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in this Love.

So many doubts assail your minds; so many self-destructive thoughts; so many stumbling blocks which each seeker puts in its own way through doubt. Let us speak to you of faith.

In all of the ways of existence there are those things which one may question. Yet, undergirding all that there is, is a mysterious splendor of that which was created by Love.

The attitude of faith asks no words, brooks no sentiments, and discusses no implications. Faith is that abiding belief that a kindly Creator has a will for each to learn and to grow spiritually and to be of service to others.

Many situations seem quite devoid of that opportunity. Do not be fooled. When you can, show faith. When you can gaze upon the stormy waters and say, “Peace, be still,” within yourself, then you have not dogma or doctrine but a solid rock upon which to stand and the overreaching arms of the Father to protect you, comfort you, and hold you as you walk the steps of the seeker.

We leave you in the peace and joy of that mysterious journey, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

2025-05-23

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 13, 2009:

Jim: The question tonight is, “Work has been a source of great catalyst to me for the last few years. It seems that since I’ve been at this job, person after person has tried to get me fired. In addition, right after I’d had a big heart-chakra opening last November or December the level of catalyst rose hugely. How much of this is caused by external forces versus self-catalyst and karma? What spiritual principles may I think about in considering this issue?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to this circle this evening. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for the honor and we are glad to speak to the one known as D. However, as always, we would ask that all of those who listen to or read these words exercise discernment, choosing from those opinions which we share the thoughts that resonate and that seem helpful, leaving the rest behind without a single thought. For in this way, you shall safeguard the processes of your own evolution. And we shall feel that comfort that comes from knowing that we shall not be infringing upon your free will in any way. We thank you for this consideration.

Mybrother, in the spiritual life there is often a season of fullness and harvest that is followed in its course by other seasons. We would speak in general for some time about the way we see your energy body and the way that we understand the energy body to function. It is a body just as is the physical body, interpenetrating your physical body all along your spine to the top of your head. It is in a constant state of flux, just as is your physical body. We emphasize this particular aspect of the energy body because of your query which concerns events which occurred after you experienced a great sense of the opening of your heart. When one learns to ride a bike, one never really forgets how, but one can become very rusty. In the same way, once one has experienced the joy and the peace of the open heart, one has been able to see all that there is as interconnected. It is not to be forgotten. And yet, neither is it to be held or kept in one open setting. Rather, the energy body is intensely sensitive to incoming catalyst. This is why, so often, one experiences a wonderful opening of the heart, which is unaccountably followed by a series of events that tend to close the heart. Nor is this the action of circumstance or accident.

When one has a profound realization such as you have had, my brother, there is the responsibility which is undertaken as a result of that burst of Light, that harvesting of the fruits of seeking. There is an automatic rhythm which comes upon the heels of such a marked experience of the Light. It is as if, in this refinery of souls that is the School of Life, you have learned a great deal. And that energy within which dances with your spiritual evolution shall, in the course of time, give you the equivalent of a short quiz. Catalyst shall come into your energy body that will have the tendency to close the heart, to constrict and narrow the path of energy through the energy body. It is as though the Creator, or those energies of Spirit that are part of the Godhead principle, were offering you the opportunity to examine for yourself if you truly grasped the content of that realization of oneness.

D’s first question was: “Work has been a source of great catalyst to me for the last few years. It seems that since I’ve been at this job, person after person has tried to get me fired. In addition, right after I’d had a big heart-chakra opening last November or December the level of catalyst rose hugely. How much of this is caused by external forces versus self-catalyst and karma? What spiritual principles may I think about in considering this issue?” Q’uo began by saying in the spiritual life there is often a season of fullness and harvest that is followed in its course by other seasons, and we would speak about the way we see your energy body, and the way that we understand the energy body to function, so it is a body like the physical body, interpenetrating your physical body all along your spine to the top of your head, and it is in a constant state of flux, just as is your physical body, and we emphasize this aspect of the energy body because of your query which concerns events which occurred after you experienced the opening of your heart, and when one has experienced the joy and the peace of the open heart, one has been able to see all that there is as interconnected, and it is not to be forgotten, yet neither is it to be kept in one open setting, so the energy body is sensitive to incoming catalyst, and this is why one experiences an opening of the heart which is followed by a series of events that tend to close the heart, nor is this the action of accident. Q’uo went on to say when one has a realization such as you have had there is the responsibility which is undertaken as a result of that burst of Light, and there is a rhythm which comes after an experience of the Light, so it is as if, in this refinery of souls that is the School of Life, you have learned a great deal, and that energy within which dances with your spiritual evolution shall give you a short quiz, and catalyst shall come into your energy body that may close the heart and narrow the path of energy through the energy body, so it is as though the Creator was offering you the opportunity to decide if you grasped the content of that realization of oneness. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our energy body:

This being said, your basic health is like a default setting. If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting—that is how you came from the manufacturer. Your Light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

The process of disease occurs when the balance that is the default setting for wellness in your particular physical vehicle and energy body becomes upset. Such balances can become upset because of purely physical and mechanical reasons. If you fall and break your bone, there may be no higher interpretation of such an event. You simply had an unlucky accident. However, if you are a seeker on the path, it is well to open up your mind and your thinking to the possibility that some imbalance in your energy body threw you off so that you were literally out of balance and so you fell.

The function of this, as this instrument would say, “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining, burnishing and honing your ability to maintain the eyes of love which were the gift of the realization. It is said in the holy work that this instrument holds dear, that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge always is to love the unlovable and to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother or your sister, indeed, as your very self. It is often a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed robust and powerful and permanent.

My brother, in a way it is all of those things. You have lost nothing except the apparent comfort of feeling the fullness of love. Were you not in this third-density chemical body with its heavy energy and its veil of forgetting, were you instead not in third density, but between incarnations, you would know, beyond a shadow of a doubt, all of the ramifications of your catalyst and the truth of the Love that is within your truly open heart. Yet, knowing beyond a shadow of a doubt these things because there would be no veil were you not in incarnation, the knowledge would be worth little in terms of polarizing you towards service to others. Therefore, you chose to come into incarnation. You chose for the veil to drop. You chose to lose sight of that sure knowledge of the way things are beyond this illusion. You wanted to put yourself into an arena where knowledge only came by faith and where your choices were completely free.

Then Q’uo said the function of this “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining your ability to maintain the eyes of love which were the gift of the realization, and it is said in the holy work that Carla holds dear that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge to love the unlovable, and a challenge to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, and to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother, or your sister, and as your self, so it is a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed powerful and permanent. Q’uo continued by saying in a way it is all of those things, so you have lost nothing except the comfort of feeling the fullness of love, and were you not in this third-density body with its veil of forgetting, but were you between incarnations, you would know the nature of your catalyst and the truth of the Love that is within your open heart, yet knowing these things because there would be no veil since you are not in incarnation, the knowledge would be worth little in terms of polarizing you towards service to others, so you chose to come into incarnation and for the veil to drop and to lose sight of that knowledge of the way things are beyond this illusion because you wanted to put yourself into an arena where knowledge only came by faith, and where your choices were completely free. On May 18, 2019, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our veil of forgetting:

The veil of forgetting is that feature which enhances the feeling of what you call fear or anxiety, or the knowing of that challenge which is to come, that may or may not be possible for the self to meet successfully. Thusly, we who live beyond the veil do not have this quality to provide us with fear, for we see clearly the energies at hand, and are aware that we have many times utilized these energies which are merely a part of our greater self and a part of your greater self. However, within your third-density illusion, the veil of forgetting provides a much more efficient means of making the discovery of such energies and such opportunities meaningful to the seeker of truth. Therefore, the anxiety is merely a sign to your deeper self, or we should say a sign from your deeper self, that you are about to embark upon that which is the heart of your journey, the purpose of your incarnation, the destination that each seeks.

My brother, we may say that when one is in incarnation, one feels very alone and isolated within his flesh and bones. It is our opinion that the actual spiritual truth is that you are never alone. Rather you are in a world of mirrors. Everyone whom you meet mirrors back to you yourself in one aspect or another. How inconvenient to see aspects of yourself that are unattractive! And yet it is helpful to realize that even the most disturbing or difficult relationship offers you a chance to see a part of yourself that you have not looked at, at least not in that way. When something triggers you or catches you, that is a part of yourself that is as yet unhealed and that is the source of the triggering. Consequently, your co-workers, as you explained in your query, who have sought to do you harm, have actually given you gifts. They have let you see, as in a mirror, a part of yourself that you need to find. And sometimes that is the hardest thing, for one does not wish to have such unattractive traits within one’s personality. Your opportunity here is to look straight into that mirror and say, “Thank you. I will seek after that shadow part of myself, that self that looks like this, and I will love it, and I will accept it, and I will hold it to me in my heart until it has been redeemed by my love.”

You see, the catalyst is not so much about anyone else as it is about you. The work that you do spiritually is not so much about others as it is about yourself. When you become able to gaze into such catalyst with gratitude and thanksgiving, you are free of the fear and the anger and other negative emotions that will close your heart. And as you love that shadow in yourself, you find that you can gaze for the first time at such an entity that is attempting to harm you, and you are then able to see past the mirroring effect to the unity betwixt you and the other self and the Creator.

Now Q’uo said when one is in incarnation, we feel alone within  our flesh and bones, but the spiritual truth is that we are never alone, but we are in a world of mirrors, and everyone whom we meet mirrors back to us in one aspect or another, so it is inconvenient to see aspects of our self that are unattractive, and yet it is helpful to realize that even the most difficult relationship offers us a chance to see a part of our self that we have not looked at, and when something triggers us that is a part of our self that is unhealed and that is the source of the triggering, our co-workers, who have sought to do us harm, have given us gifts, and they have let us see, as in a mirror, a part of our self that we need to find, and sometimes that is the hardest thing, for we do not wish to have such unattractive traits within our personality, so our opportunity here is to look straight into that mirror and say: “Thank you. I will seek after that shadow part of myself, that self that looks like this, and I will love it, and I will accept it, and I will hold it to me in my heart until it has been redeemed by my love.” Q’uo went on to say the catalyst is not so much about anyone else as it is about us, and the work that we do spiritually is not so much about others as it is about our self, so when we become able to gaze into such catalyst with gratitude, we are free of the fear and the anger that will close our heart, and as we love that shadow in our self, we find that we can gaze for the first time at such an entity that is attempting to harm us, and we are able to see past the mirroring effect to the unity between us, and the other self, and the Creator. On July 23, 1989, Q’uo described the purpose of the mirroring effect:

The mirroring effect that those within the mated relationship experience is an intensification of the mirroring effect that is experienced by each entity at all times when in contact with others. It may be noted within the mind, when there is an interaction between entities, when a thought, word, or deed that has been shared remains within the thoughts that you think and remains with a certain charge, shall we say, when there is a response by yourself to any thought, word, or deed of another that causes you to move from the center of your being, and causes you concern of any kind, you may notice the mirroring effect as it is generated from your own subconscious mind.

This is to say that you have before the incarnation chosen certain lessons upon which you shall apply yourself. You have therefore biased your perceptions in a manner which will allow you to see what we may call a neutral experience, or neutral catalyst, in such and such a fashion that is in accordance with your preincarnative choices. Thus, a number of entities may witness the same exchange of experience and respond by feeling a variety of responses. This is due to the unique nature of each entity’s pre-incarnative programming and subconscious bias.

Thus, whatever experience you share with another that leaves its mark upon your memory is one which you would do well to consider within your own meditations, to look within your own self to see what significance this experience has. Then one may, in a meditative state, look at that experience within the life pattern to note the repetition of this experience or similar experiences, and begin by this analysis to discern the deeper pattern that comprises the lesson that you are attempting at this time to learn, and which has been signaled by the experience shared with another that registered a strong emotional response in your own being.

You ask what spiritual principles you might use to work upon this particular issue, and we call upon the principle of unity and the principle of polarization. It is often the case, when entities speak of living the life of the open heart, that they may be perceived as being idealistic, naïve, and perhaps foolish. And from certain points of view which, shall we say, are worldly and cynical, there is truth in that statement. But from the standpoint of one who is working in consciousness, the opening of the heart is for those who are courageous and ready to be patient and to persevere beyond all roadblocks and stumbling blocks. For you are seeking to be a “tough cookie,” as this instrument would say. You are seeking to be a dependable, flexible, attentive entity who is witnessing, moment by moment, the Love and the Light of the infinite One as it eddies, and swirls, and creates the dance of life. And all of those who come into your purview dance with you in one way or another.

We would almost characterize this as the dance of the spiritual athlete, for there are times, such as your ordeal in your workplace, where not just once, but again and again, the waves strike you and seek to tumble you and put you off balance. And you seek not to stand your ground so much as to cooperate with the waves, to roll, and dive, and jump, and dance with this energy, losing all fear, worrying not whether your heart is even open, but simply paying attention, moment by moment by moment. For the Creator is in that moment and in you and in those with whom you dance.

Q’uo went on to ask what spiritual principles we might use to work upon this issue, and we call upon the principle of unity and the principle of polarization since it is often the case, when we speak of living the life of the open heart, that we may be perceived as being idealistic and foolish, and from certain points of view which are worldly and cynical, there is truth in that statement, but from the standpoint of one who is working in consciousness, the opening of our heart is for those of us who are courageous and ready to persevere beyond all roadblocks, for we are seeking to be a dependable, flexible, and attentive entity who is witnessing the Love and the Light of the infinite One as we create the dance of life, and all of those who come into our presence dance with us in one way or another. So then Q’uo said this is the dance of the spiritual athlete, for there are times where the waves strike us and put us off balance, and we seek not to stand our ground so much as to cooperate with the waves, to jump and dance with this energy, losing all fear, and paying attention, moment by moment, for the Creator is in that moment, and in us, and in those with whom we dance. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo spoke of our dance of life:

There is nothing necessarily sober, or serious, or ponderous about spiritual seeking. You may walk the King’s Highway with a merry heart and a song upon your lips. When you are having fun, as shallow as that concept may sound, you are flowing with the dance of life in which every flower and tree, every lion and bear, every turtle, every speck of the ocean, every mote of dust, is involved. The dance of life includes you, not as awkward stumblers, no matter what you may think, but as wonderful, coordinated dancers. Let the rhythm of your days delight you. And see every task and every chore that you perform as a kind of dance. Each sacred concern, no matter how shallow it may seem, has its rhythm, its tempo, and its steps.

As you allow your vision to be one which gives life to everything you see, you shall allow yourself more and more to dance with the water with which you do the dishes, or clean the toilet, or cleanse a baby. You shall see every plate as that surface which smiles at you when you have washed it and says, “Thank you! I love to be clean.” Share the delight of that dish and give it a smile.

Therefore, judge not yourself, test not yourself, and do not be concerned that it does not seem that your heart has been so open for a while. My brother, sometimes in the dance the movements are so fast! And you are still sometimes learning the steps. And consequently, it shall seem as though you have lost that realization. We can assure you that you have not. Even now, as we speak to you, feel the opening of your heart. Feel the Love in the moment. It flows through you. You are not responsible for producing it. You are only responsible for patiently, again and again, when you sense your contraction around a trigger, around pain, around suffering, beginning to do that work of remembrance that releases fear so that you remember who you are and why you are here. You are a child of the one infinite Creator, and you came here to create a space through which Light may flow in order that you may help in lightening the consciousness of Planet Earth.

We thank you for your service and we assure you that momentary lapses and the infinite flowing of catalyst and response do not keep you from your work. You are on mission and on task, and you may have faith in yourself. There shall come another full tide, and your heart shall once again be awash in utter Love. And then once again, there shall come those seasons of testing and even those dark nights of the soul. And all of this is part of the process of tempering, honing, and making more flexible the spirit within. Each time that you dismantle a trigger and instead gaze at the Creator within one who is blessing you by attempting to do you harm, you become calmer, and stronger, and more able to see the truth beyond the illusions of the mirrors that are so distorted and so shadowed.

Q’uo went on by saying judge not our self, test not our self, and do not be concerned that it does not seem that our heart has been so open because sometimes in the dance the movements are so fast, and we are still learning the steps, so it shall seem as though we have lost that realization, but we have not, so now we can feel the opening of our heart, and we can feel the Love in the moment flowing through us, but we are not responsible for producing it, and we are only responsible for doing that work of remembrance that releases fear, so that we remember who we are and why we are here, so we are a child of the one infinite Creator, and we came here to create a space through which Light may flow in order that we may help in lightening the consciousness of Earth. Q’uo continued by saying they  thanked us for our service, and they assured us that lapses of the infinite flowing of catalyst and our response to them do not keep us from our work since we are on mission, and we may have faith in our self, so there shall come another full tide, and our heart shall be awash in Love, and then again there shall come seasons of testing and those dark nights of the soul, yet all of this is part of the process of tempering and making more flexible the spirit within, so each time that we dismantle a trigger and instead gaze at the Creator within us who is blessing us by attempting to do us harm, we become stronger, and more able to see the truth beyond the illusions of the mirrors that are so distorted. On August 24, 1980, Latwii spoke of the nature of the spirit within us:

We are speaking specifically of the butterfly, which is born of the cocoon, which is born of the caterpillar. To enable one who is young to discern that movement of the life force from one stage to another is important, for at such an age, one can easily conceive that death means the end of all being. This is a great fear among many of your people, among the young, because they have no experience with this concept, usually, and must encounter it when it becomes real, for few in your world care to discuss the reality of death before it happens to one who is close.

We would suggest assuring, through any allegory or story which you would wish to tell demonstrating a natural life cycle, that the life force, the spirit within the physical vehicle, does indeed go on, does indeed continue, as always it has, and always it shall. You may use stories of animals, such as the butterfly, if the child has interests in other areas. In science, for example, you may use a variation of what is known in your laws of physics that energy can be created, but cannot be destroyed; that it can be transformed and change its nature, but always, it shall continue; that any being which has existed in any form, always exists, even after it has left many forms behind.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask at this time, my brother, if there is a follow-up to that query before we move forward.

Jim: [D is relaying his questions over the telephone.] The follow-up is, “Would it be possible to provide a progression of spiritual milestones starting with the initial awakening?”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my brother. As we have already intimated, it is not precisely possible to express a simple recipe or agenda of the spiritual life. We would say that you may expect it to be cyclic. The self before incarnation, together with the higher self, plans the basic themes of an incarnation according to the clear sight one has beyond the veil. One tends to be looking for balance. Especially with those who are wanderers, there is often the seeking to balance love and wisdom. Perhaps the heart is too open, and you seek wisdom to balance it. Or perhaps, and this is often true of fifth-density wanderers, there is great wisdom, and yet there is the request of the self that the open heart be more in balance with that great wisdom, so that that wisdom becomes compassion. There is also the dynamic of power and its right use. Each entity is unique. No two entities are looking for precisely the same balance. What they have in common before coming into incarnation is that themes are planned. Incarnational lessons are planned so that they cycle again and again into your life.

We do not know and cannot say if this challenge to your open heart is part of the incarnational lesson of keeping the heart open while balancing it with your great wisdom. We can only suggest that there is something of this nature, this level of profundity, which shall bring such catalyst to you again and again throughout your life. For you see the life before incarnation as a term in school, “Yes, I shall learn this, I shall read this subject, I shall study this topic.” And you know that, even though there is that feeling of being in boot camp when one actually is in incarnation and dealing with these incarnational lessons, that progress that you make within the veil is thousands of times the amount of change that you can affect within your deep soul when you are not in third-density incarnation. It truly is the refining fire.

D’s second question was: “Would it be possible to provide a progression of spiritual milestones starting with the initial awakening?” Q’uo said it is not precisely possible to express a simple recipe for the spiritual life, but we may expect it to be cyclical because our self before incarnation, together with our higher self, planed the basic themes of our incarnation according to the clear sight we have beyond the veil, and we tend to be looking for balance, especially if we are wanderers, and there is often the seeking to balance love and wisdom if our heart is too open, and we seek wisdom to balance it, which is often true of fifth-density wanderers where there is great wisdom, and there is the request of our self that the open heart be more in balance with wisdom, so that wisdom becomes compassion, and there is also the dynamic of power and its right use since each entity is unique, and no two entities are looking for the same balance, but what they have in common before coming into incarnation is that incarnational lessons are planned so that they cycle again and again into our life. Now Q’uo cannot say if this challenge to our open heart is part of the incarnational lesson of keeping the heart open while balancing it with our great wisdom, so they can only suggest that there is something of this nature which shall bring such catalyst to us again and again throughout our life, for we see the life before incarnation as a term in school, and we know that, even though there is that feeling of being in boot camp when we are in incarnation and dealing with these incarnational lessons, that progress that we make within the veil is thousands of times the amount of change that we can affect within our deep soul when we are not in third-density incarnation which is truly is the refining fire. On May 20, 2001, Q’uo described the effect of the refining fire:

Perhaps this is the place of starting in considering the processes of growth, that realization that nothing can truly harm this process. Maturation and evolution are protected processes. They cannot, in fact, be halted, not for long, although certainly some entities attempt to escape change. The mills of destiny grind fine and that which has been rough has been refined. This is the nature of your experience. You are those who have chosen an environment which is a spiritual refinery, what your Holy Bible called the refining fire. It may be said that experience is a refining fire and in the ways of the world this is so. There is a certain amount of maturation and evolution that occurs because of the outer events of a life.

Consequently, you cannot, unfortunately for the peace of your life and your mind, open first the red-ray chakra, then the orange-ray, then the yellow-ray, then the green-ray, then work with the throat chakra and work on communication and then move into work in consciousness. That would be, in general, the direction of your spiritual life. However, always, every day, you must look back to the red-ray chakra and begin all over again, because it is likely that within the compass of the day you have had triggers in those first three chakras. When there is a concern with work the energy that is triggered is generally coming from the yellow-ray chakra. Yet one cannot assume that either. One must sweep the entire body, from red to indigo, each day and clear, and clear, and clear it out.

We can, however, assure you that as you become more used to viewing your experiences from a certain point of view in which you are almost, as this instrument would say, playing the Game of Life, you will find that your witnessing self becomes ever stronger, and your keen appetite to take on such experiences as the co-worker being cruel to you becomes so strong that you find yourself with the Balm of Gilead at your hand, and you are not caught up in the negative feelings that surround that cruel action that has been done to you, but rather you’re dancing with the energies that would keep your heart open and would see him, even though it seems almost impossible, as the Creator; as part of you, and you part of him or part of her. There may come a time within incarnation when you balance at the gateway to intelligent infinity, seeing your life as a whole thing, one integrated entirety, and as part of the Godhead principle it may well come to you to say, “And this is good.” Hold those moments dear and remember them because they are the truth. And then you shall plunge back again into cycles. We wish we could give you the good news that one’s work is hard, and yet finally it is done. Yet within incarnation, your agenda shall always be to attend to the present moment and dance with it with Love.

Q’uo went on to say we cannot, for the peace of our life and our mind, open first the red-ray chakra, then the orange-ray, then the yellow-ray, then the green-ray, then work with the throat chakra, and work on communication, and then move into work in consciousness, so that would be the direction of our spiritual life, but every day we must look back to the red-ray chakra and begin all over again, because it is likely that within the compass of the day we have had triggers in those first three chakras, and when there is a concern with work, the energy that is triggered is generally coming from the yellow-ray chakra, yet we cannot assume that either, so we must sweep our entire body, from red to indigo, each day and clear it out. Then Q’uo said they can assure us that as we become used to viewing our experiences from a certain point of view in which we are, as Carla would say, playing the Game of Life, we will find that our witnessing self becomes stronger, and our appetite to take on such experiences as the co-worker being cruel to us becomes so strong that we find our self with the Balm of Gilead at our hand, and we are not caught up in the negative feelings that surround that cruel action that has been done to us, but we are dancing with the energies that will keep our heart open and would see him as the Creator, as part of us, and we part of him or her, and there may come a time within incarnation when we balance at the gateway to intelligent infinity, seeing our life as one integrated entirety, and as part of the Godhead principle, it may well come to us to say, “And this is good.” So hold those moments dear, and remember them because they are the truth, and then we shall plunge back again into cycles, and Q’uo wished they could give us the good news that our work is hard, and yet finally it is done, but within incarnation, our agenda shall always be to attend to the present moment and dance with it with Love. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the present moment in which we may share our love:

Worry not about that which is projected from the present moment into that which shall be a future moment. Do and be in this moment and allow each succeeding moment to be created from the harmony of this moment. It is natural for entities within your third-density illusion to move from the present moment and to reminisce about those previous experiences and to project those that may occur in your future, for the present moment is that which is the most illusory and difficult to comfortably place oneself within, for all of one’s life, then, is contained within that immediacy of experience which the present moment surrounds. And for most entities who have not consciously considered the purpose of the life pattern, the present moment is that which shall be escaped from. Thus, we would recommend that you share your love at each present moment when it is felt and allow the moment to be enough unto itself.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query or whether you would wish to go forward?

Jim: “I’ve had dreams regarding the eighth chakra, the one above the crown chakra. My most recent dream told me that the eighth chakra is about aligning my will with the will of the Creator, that with the opening of the eighth chakra we are better able to understand the will of the Creator and so we can more easily make clear choices that are aligned with the will of the Creator. From a dream last year it is my understanding that my eighth chakra will be getting activated when I visit the Rosslyn Chapel  in January. Is there any truth in this? What method could I utilize to be in better tune with the will of the Creator? Any information that does not infringe on my free will would be appreciated.”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query. If we do not respond fully, we would ask you to re-question, my brother. Terminology is crucial, and yet it is difficult to pin down equivalencies. We make this observation because, rather than calling that which we believe you mean “the eighth chakra,” we would call it “the gateway to intelligent infinity.” This gateway is that point where you, as an individual within incarnation, are able to vibrate in harmony and sometimes in congruency with the energies of the one infinite Creator. It is through the gateway to intelligent infinity that you are able to access and bring into your awareness the inspiration and the information which you need. However, none of this energy has anything to do with the intellect. The information to which we refer is that kind of knowing which this instrument would call gnosis or direct apprehension.

When one is able to quiet the self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that the heart is open, then one is able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being. As one sits within that open energy body and places the intention with which you seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such and such a way because of your intention. Consequently, we would say to you, my brother, that as you approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that you set your intention specifically and with all your heart, all your mind, and all your strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which you would wish. The gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many. There are those who open it in order to become channels for healing. There are those whose reason for opening it is to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator.

D’s third question was: “From a dream last year it is my understanding that my eighth chakra will be getting activated when I visit the Rosslyn Chapel in January. Is there any truth in this? What method could I utilize to be in better tune with the will of the Creator? Any information that does not infringe on my free will would be appreciated.” Then Q’uo said terminology is crucial, and yet it is difficult to pin down terms accurately, and Q’uo made this observation because, rather than calling that which they believed we mean “the eighth chakra,” they would call it “the gateway to intelligent infinity,” and this gateway is that point where we are able to vibrate in harmony with the energies of the one infinite Creator, and it is through the gateway to intelligent infinity that we are able to access the inspiration and the information which we need, but none of this energy has anything to do with the intellect, so the information to which Q’uo refered is that kind of knowing which Carla would call direct apprehension. Q’uo continued by saying when we are able to quiet our self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that our heart is open, then we are able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being, and as we sit within that open energy body and place the intention with which we seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such a way because of our intention, so Q’uo said that as we approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that we set our intention with all our heart, all our mind, and all our strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which we would wish, so the gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many, and there are those who open it in order to become channels for healing, or to become channels for the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. On January 30, 2010, Q’uo described the gateway to intelligent infinity:

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation, and indeed the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of Love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the Love of the open heart, into the Love of the Logos.

There are those who wish to teach. There are those who wish to write, or dance, or to sing. Whatever your hope in working with this gateway, it is well to approach it with every fiber of your being tuned to your desire. There are areas of your query which we cannot penetrate because of the possible infringement on your free will. And you may predict that we would say that rather than these instances being permanent, they are opportunities for the creation of a magical moment or event. You will not be able to hold this. You will be able only to experience this and then remember this.

There are those of the yogic and Hindu paths who believe that it is possible to attain realization, so that never again is there a single human thought that disturbs the tenor of your peace. There are those within the Christian church who have also created this picture or this vision of the way things are in the spiritual realm. My brother, it may well be for one entity out of a million that there is a realization so profound that the rest of the lifetime is ineffably altered. Yet we would rather offer you our humble opinion that there shall be the waves of experience that offer you all that you wish in a moment and then that tide will go out.

And there shall be a change in your vibratory level, for the simple reason that in your natural energies there is the ebb and flow of many emotions and the responses to many experiences that shall call you away from that moment. It is our opinion, my brother, that this is a good thing. For while leaving you in less peace, it leaves you in an emptiness and a humility that opens you to the next experience, the next wave, the next time of harvest and the reaping of the fruits of your desire. We would rather encourage you to celebrate the many seasons of your spiritual life just as you celebrate your birthdays.

Q’uo continued by saying there are those who wish to teach, to write, to dance, or to sing, and whatever our hope in working with this gateway, it is well to approach it with every fiber of our being tuned to our desire, and there are areas of our query which cannot be penetrated because of the possible infringement on our free will, and we see in these instances are opportunities for the creation of a magical moment, but we will not be able to hold this, so we will only be able to experience this and then remember this. Then Q’uo said there are those of the yogic and Hindu paths who believe that it is possible to attain realization, so that never again is there a single human thought that disturbs the content of our peace, and there are those within the Christian church who have also created this vision of the way things are in the spiritual realm, so it may well be for one entity out of a million that there is a realization so profound that the rest of the lifetime is completely altered, and there shall be waves of experience that offer us all that we wish in a moment, and then that tide will go out. Q’uo went on to say there shall be a change in our vibratory level because in our natural energies there is the ebb and flow of emotions and the responses to experiences that shall call us away from that moment, and this is a good thing, for while leaving us in less peace, it leaves us in an emptiness and a humility that opens us to the next time of harvest and the reaping of the fruits of our desire, and Q’uo encouraged us to celebrate the many seasons of our spiritual life just as we celebrate our birthdays. On September 29, 2002, Q’uo described the time of harvest as being now:

The time of harvest is now. There are many souls who move through the doors of what you call death which move them into the Light, and they remain in that Light for as long as it is possible to enjoy the Light before it becomes too glaring, too strong, and too intense. Then the step from the Light is made, and for many at this time the step is into the fourth density of compassion and understanding. The length in your measurement in terms of months or years is not that which any can accurately assess, for it is indeed a fluid process responsive to the group mind/body/spirit complexes that populate your planet at this time and the choices that are made by individuals and groups seeking to share the Light, seeking to become the Light. Thus, it is possible for a great amount of work to be done in a short period of your time due to the traumatic nature of many experiences and events taking place upon your Earth world at this time. Thus, we cannot with any certainty give you even a general idea beyond a decade or two, which we realize is not terribly specific according to your measurements of time and experience.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query or if there is a final query at this time.

Jim: “I’ve been working on making more consistent contact with extraterrestrial life forms. I’ve had some limited success. My method so far has been to quiet my mind into theta waves, attempt to keep a steady focus and frequency, and to project out my consciousness in a call for contact. It is my perception that my lack of ability to maintain a steady focus and frequency hinder my success. Is this true? Regardless, what methods can I utilize in order to become more successful in my contact work?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. May we confirm those observations which you have made concerning your attempts to contact those from elsewhere. We would also confirm your judgment concerning the situation as regards the limitations of working alone when attempting to offer yourself to a universal contact. Our response would be in two parts. Firstly, the safe and secure area of contact from the world of spirit is that contact with your higher self which is reliably possible and always achievable without any concern for your personality shell’s integrity. In order to contact this higher self or this oversoul or as this instrument would call it, the “Holy Spirit,” we would recommend the journaling method as being most productive and efficient. In this method you simply sit at your computer or sit with a paper and pen and write your question, then immediately, at your next thought, write that thought down without asking whether it came from you or whether it did not.

The preparation for this journaling is, as you said, to calm your mind. We would not offer you the encouragement to find a specific state of consciousness, such as theta, but would rather encourage you to tune yourself as if you were an instrument. Whether that tuning that is effective to you would be in singing, chanting, praying, or simply sitting in silent meditation, we do not know and cannot say. However, such tuning as you will find satisfaction in doing brings you to your highest and best self and clears the way for a good contact.

D’s last question was: “I’ve been working on making more consistent contact with extraterrestrial life forms. I’ve had some limited success. My method so far has been to quiet my mind into theta waves, attempt to keep a steady focus and frequency, and to project out my consciousness in a call for contact. It is my perception that my lack of ability to maintain a steady focus and frequency hinder my success. Is this true? Regardless, what methods can I utilize in order to become more successful in my contact work?” Q’uo began by saying we confirm those observations which you have made concerning your attempts to contact those from elsewhere, and we would also confirm your judgment concerning the situation as regards the limitations of working alone when attempting to offer yourself to a universal contact, so firstly the safe area of contact from the world of spirit is that contact with your higher self which is always achievable without any concern for your personality shell’s integrity, and in order to contact your higher self as Carla would call it, the “Holy Spirit,” we would recommend the journaling method as being most efficient, so in this method you sit at your computer or sit with a paper and pen and write your question, then immediately, at your next thought, write that thought down without asking whether it came from you or whether it did not. Now Q’uo said the preparation for this journaling is to calm your mind, and we would not encourage you to find a specific state of consciousness, such as theta, but would encourage you to tune yourself as if you were an instrument, and we cannot say whether that tuning that is effective to you would be in singing, chanting, praying, or simply sitting in silent meditation, but the tuning that you find satisfaction in will bring you to your highest and best self and clears the way for a good contact. On September 30, 1984, Latwii gave general directions for how a group could utilize the process of tuning:

We find that this group has utilized these things to be channeled, the visualization, for a great period of what you call time in the meditative meanings, and we can only recommend an intensification of this process so that there is a greater effort made to construct what might be called a wall of light. There could be the selection of inspirational music to be listened to, followed by a short period of singing or chanting, also to be followed by a period of prayer which is now utilized and then the recommendation made that each individual in the group utilize some personal form of tuning to be continued silently as the group tuning has been completed.

The second part of our response has to do with attempting to receive information or inspiration from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is our practice to teach those who would wish to be instruments for the Confederation in groups with a senior channel who has had enough experience to be able to, as this instrument would say, “watch the backs” of those in the circle. For you see, my brother, there is the problem of there being a very crowded universe full of entities in the unseen realms, some mischievous, some positive, some angelic, and some who wish to distract you from the Light, to deceive you and even to break up your earthly personality shell so that they may reap your suffering and pain. To work with universal contacts without a group is like attempting to light a flashlight with the wrong kind of battery, something that is too small, something that is not adequate. It can be done but it is not reliable nor is the information gained from such contact reliable.

Consequently, we would encourage you, if you would wish to pursue being an instrument for universal sources, to find that group which you trust, that senior channel which you trust, and to set yourself to the slow process of learning how to accept concepts. That which is universal is much like that which is in your roots of consciousness in your archetypal mind. It will not speak to you in words. It will offer you concepts. These concepts are infinite. They have to be translated into words if you wish to use them in offering yourself as an instrument. So as an instrument you’re basically asking to be a translator of concepts into the language that you use every day.

As this instrument has said many times, much is lost in the translation from infinite concept to finite language. There are many who prefer to retain concepts in their infinite form and to rest in that infinity without attempting to make the translation. And to those mystics, many flock who wish only to sit next to that energy which is holding those infinite concepts. May we say how beautiful we feel your desire to seek and to serve the one infinite Creator is. We wish you every joy, every success, all that you wish, as you continue to seek. This instrument’s energy wanes, as does this group’s, and so we begin to withdraw now, encouraging you as we do so to seek the silence on a regular basis, for in that silence, even though you are conscious, all of the information of the unconscious of the Creator itself lies. However you can come to that tabernacle of silence, we encourage the practice. For with meditation comes an awareness that cannot be expressed but can only be appreciated.

Q’uo went on to say the second part of our response has to do with attempting to receive information from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity, and it is our practice to teach those who would wish to be instruments for the Confederation in groups with a senior channel who has had enough experience to be able to “watch the backs” of those in the circle, for you see there is the problem of it being a crowded universe full of entities in the unseen realms, some mischievous, some positive, some angelic, and some who wish to distract you from the Light and to break up your earthly personality shell so that they may reap your suffering and pain, and to work with universal contacts without a group is like attempting to light a flashlight with the wrong kind of battery, and it can be done, but the information gained from such contact is not reliable. Q’uo went on to say we would encourage you, if you would wish to pursue being an instrument for universal sources, to find that group which you trust, that senior channel which you trust, and to set yourself to the slow process of learning how to accept concepts since that which is universal is much like that which is in your roots of consciousness in your archetypal mind, but it will not speak to you in words, so it will offer you concepts that are infinite, and they have to be translated into words if you wish to use them in offering yourself as an instrument, so as an instrument you’re basically asking to be a translator of concepts into the language that you use every day. Q’uo completed their reply by saying as Carla has said many times, much is lost in the translation from infinite concept to finite language, and there are many who prefer to retain concepts in their infinite form and to rest in that infinity without attempting to make the translation, and to those mystics many flock who wish only to sit next to that energy which is holding those infinite concepts, so may we say how beautiful we feel your desire to seek and to serve the one infinite Creator is, and we wish you every joy, and all that you wish as you continue to seek, and Carla’s   energy wanes, as does this group’s, and so we begin to withdraw now, encouraging you as we do so to seek the silence on a regular basis, for in that silence, even though you are conscious, all of the information of the unconscious of the Creator itself lies, and however you can come to that tabernacle of silence, we encourage the practice, for with meditation comes an awareness that cannot be expressed but can only be appreciated. On October 2, 1983, Hatonn described the value of seeking the silence:

But as you value and nurture these desires to seek, as you meditate and seek the silence within, as the power of the original Thought brings Love into your life, you will find that you are manifesting to others qualities which will aid those about you. You may allow this to occur and indeed encourage it, for this is a natural fruit of seeking. However, the seeking itself, that inner journey, we encourage you to protect as if it were a baby, for it is a baby that you carry within yourself. Nurture it with meditation, and you encourage it to grow in wisdom, and you discipline it by the regularity with which you examine it with thoughts and your being.

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Thank you for the privilege of sharing our thoughts. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I vacuumed the first floor of my home.

This afternoon I used my backpack blower to blow the leaves in the Moss Garden into the back yard. Then I used my big mower, Venus to mow all the grass in the front, side, and backyard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 23

The Touch Of The Spirit

I am of the Spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the consciousness of Love.

We find this instrument contemplating the lightness of our touch upon its consciousness. Would this instrument wish the Holy Spirit to come upon it in such power that it were struck blind? There are times when the Spirit must come upon one or many in the boldest strokes of Light and thunder.

Yet far more often is the Spirit’s influence felt in the Light movements of the wind of Love’s consciousness upon the texture and fabric of your illusion. Yet if it is desired that greater Light in greater strength strike the life, the pilgrim may seek to condemn, vilify, and persecute those things which it does not understand. Then the Spirit, soft and sweet, becomes dire and terrible, and Light becomes awesome.

May your ways be unbound by judgment and may the Spirit touch you in peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.